HikCentral Professional Control Client

User Manual
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Legal Information
©2021 Hangzhou Hikvision Digital Technology Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.

About this Manual

The Manual includes instructions for using and managing the Product. Pictures, charts, images and
all other information hereinafter are for description and explanation only. The information
contained in the Manual is subject to change, without notice, due to firmware updates or other
reasons. Please find the latest version of this Manual at the Hikvision website ( https://
www.hikvision.com/ ).
Please use this Manual with the guidance and assistance of professionals trained in supporting the
Product.
Trademarks
and other Hikvision's trademarks and logos are the properties of
Hikvision in various jurisdictions.
Other trademarks and logos mentioned are the properties of their respective owners.
Disclaimer
TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THIS MANUAL AND THE PRODUCT
DESCRIBED, WITH ITS HARDWARE, SOFTWARE AND FIRMWARE, ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND "WITH
ALL FAULTS AND ERRORS". HIKVISION MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE USE OF THE PRODUCT BY YOU IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. IN NO EVENT WILL HIKVISION
BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ANY SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, AMONG OTHERS, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION, OR LOSS OF DATA, CORRUPTION OF SYSTEMS, OR LOSS OF DOCUMENTATION,
WHETHER BASED ON BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), PRODUCT LIABILITY,
OR OTHERWISE, IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF THE PRODUCT, EVEN IF HIKVISION HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES OR LOSS.
YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE NATURE OF THE INTERNET PROVIDES FOR INHERENT SECURITY
RISKS, AND HIKVISION SHALL NOT TAKE ANY RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ABNORMAL OPERATION,
PRIVACY LEAKAGE OR OTHER DAMAGES RESULTING FROM CYBER-ATTACK, HACKER ATTACK, VIRUS
INFECTION, OR OTHER INTERNET SECURITY RISKS; HOWEVER, HIKVISION WILL PROVIDE TIMELY
TECHNICAL SUPPORT IF REQUIRED.
YOU AGREE TO USE THIS PRODUCT IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS, AND YOU ARE
SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT YOUR USE CONFORMS TO THE APPLICABLE LAW.
ESPECIALLY, YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE, FOR USING THIS PRODUCT IN A MANNER THAT DOES NOT
INFRINGE ON THE RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, RIGHTS OF
PUBLICITY, INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, OR DATA PROTECTION AND OTHER PRIVACY RIGHTS.
YOU SHALL NOT USE THIS PRODUCT FOR ANY PROHIBITED END-USES, INCLUDING THE

i
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

DEVELOPMENT OR PRODUCTION OF WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION, THE DEVELOPMENT OR

PRODUCTION OF CHEMICAL OR BIOLOGICAL WEAPONS, ANY ACTIVITIES IN THE CONTEXT RELATED
TO ANY NUCLEAR EXPLOSIVE OR UNSAFE NUCLEAR FUEL-CYCLE, OR IN SUPPORT OF HUMAN
RIGHTS ABUSES.
IN THE EVENT OF ANY CONFLICTS BETWEEN THIS MANUAL AND THE APPLICABLE LAW, THE LATER
PREVAILS.

ii
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will or could
Danger result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could

Caution result in equipment damage, data loss, performance degradation, or
unexpected results.
Provides additional information to emphasize or supplement
Note
important points of the main text.

iii
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Contents
Chapter 1 About Control Client ................................................................................................... 1
Chapter 2 Login .......................................................................................................................... 2
2.1 First Time Login ...................................................................................................................... 2
2.2 Normal Login (Not First Time) ................................................................................................ 3
2.3 Change Password for Reset User and Login ........................................................................... 5
Chapter 3 Home Page Overview ................................................................................................. 8
3.1 Customize Control Panel ...................................................................................................... 12
3.2 Customize Navigation Bar .................................................................................................... 13
Chapter 4 Manage View ........................................................................................................... 15
Chapter 5 Live View .................................................................................................................. 17
5.1 Start Live View in Area Mode ............................................................................................... 18
5.2 Start Live View in View Mode .............................................................................................. 19
5.3 Auto-Switch Cameras in an Area .......................................................................................... 20
5.4 PTZ Control .......................................................................................................................... 21
5.4.1 Configure Preset ......................................................................................................... 22
5.4.2 Configure Patrol .......................................................................................................... 22
5.4.3 Configure Pattern ........................................................................................................ 23
5.5 Manual Recording and Capture ........................................................................................... 24
5.5.1 Manual Recording ....................................................................................................... 24
5.5.2 View Manually Recorded Videos ................................................................................ 25
5.5.3 Capture Pictures .......................................................................................................... 26
5.5.4 Edit Captured Picture .................................................................................................. 27
5.5.5 View Captured Pictures ............................................................................................... 28
5.6 View Dewarped Live View of Fisheye Camera ..................................................................... 29
5.7 View People Density in Live View ........................................................................................ 30
5.8 Perform Manual Panorama Tracking .................................................................................... 32

iv
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

5.9 Create Zooming Area to View Detailed Live View ................................................................ 32

5.10 View Detected Event in Live View ...................................................................................... 34
5.11 Stop Live View .................................................................................................................... 35
5.12 More Functions .................................................................................................................. 36
5.13 Customize Icons on Live View Window .............................................................................. 36
Chapter 6 Real-Time Temperature and People Counting Monitoring ......................................... 40
Chapter 7 Playback ................................................................................................................... 42
7.1 Normal Playback .................................................................................................................. 42
7.1.1 Search Video File ......................................................................................................... 42
7.1.2 Play Video File ............................................................................................................. 43
7.2 Start Playback in View Mode ............................................................................................... 43
7.3 Synchronous Playback .......................................................................................................... 44
7.4 Fisheye Playback .................................................................................................................. 44
7.5 Create Zooming Area to View Detailed Playback ................................................................. 45
7.6 Customize Icons on Playback Window ................................................................................. 47
Chapter 8 Visual Tracking .......................................................................................................... 51
8.1 Perform Visual Tracking in Live View ................................................................................... 51
8.2 View Visual Tracking Video .................................................................................................. 52
Chapter 9 Manage Favorites ..................................................................................................... 55
Chapter 10 Add Web Page to Display Window .......................................................................... 57
Chapter 11 Customize Intelligent Monitoring Contents ............................................................. 58
Chapter 12 Video Search .......................................................................................................... 62
12.1 Search Video Footages by Time Range .............................................................................. 62
12.2 Search Tagged Video Footages ........................................................................................... 65
12.3 Search Locked Video Footages ........................................................................................... 68
12.4 Search Video/Picture/Audio Stored on Dock Station ......................................................... 70
12.5 Search Transaction Event Triggered Video Footage ........................................................... 71
12.6 Search ATM Event Triggered Video Footage ...................................................................... 74

v
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

12.7 Search VCA Event Related Video ........................................................................................ 76

Chapter 13 Manage Downloading Tasks .................................................................................... 79
Chapter 14 Map Management .................................................................................................. 81
14.1 Operate Hot Spot ............................................................................................................... 81
14.1.1 Preview Hot Spot ...................................................................................................... 81
14.1.2 Arm or Disarm Hot Spot ............................................................................................ 83
14.1.3 View History Alarm ................................................................................................... 83
14.1.4 Broadcast via Hot Spot .............................................................................................. 83
14.2 Preview Hot Region ............................................................................................................ 85
14.3 Preview Resource Group .................................................................................................... 85
14.4 View Remote Site Alarm .................................................................................................... 86
14.5 Operate Map ...................................................................................................................... 87
Chapter 15 Access Control and Elevator Control ....................................................................... 89
15.1 Control Door Status in Live View ........................................................................................ 89
15.2 Control Floor Status in Live View ....................................................................................... 92
15.3 Search Access Records ....................................................................................................... 94
15.4 Search Data Recorded on Device ....................................................................................... 96
15.5 Open Door for Multi-Factor Authentication ...................................................................... 98
15.6 Handle Opening Door Request from Video Access Control Terminal ................................ 99
15.7 Perform Entry & Exit Counting ......................................................................................... 100
Chapter 16 Video Intercom ..................................................................................................... 102
16.1 Control Door Status in Live View ...................................................................................... 102
16.2 Call Indoor Station ........................................................................................................... 104
16.3 Answer Call ...................................................................................................................... 105
Chapter 17 Vehicle .................................................................................................................. 106
17.1 View ANPR Camera's Live Video ...................................................................................... 106
17.2 View UVSS's Live Video .................................................................................................... 108
17.3 Entrance & Exit Control .................................................................................................... 109

vi
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

17.3.1 View Passing Vehicle Information ........................................................................... 110

17.3.2 Automatically Open Barrier for Vehicles ................................................................. 113
17.3.3 Manually Open Barrier for Vehicles ........................................................................ 115
17.3.4 Correct License Plate Number ................................................................................ 118
17.3.5 Manually Control Barrier ........................................................................................ 119
17.3.6 Hand Over Shifts ..................................................................................................... 119
17.4 Parking Space Monitoring ................................................................................................ 120
17.5 Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List ............................................................................ 121
17.6 Vehicle and Record Search ............................................................................................... 123
17.6.1 Search for Vehicle Passing Records ......................................................................... 123
17.6.2 Search for Payment Records ................................................................................... 126
17.6.3 Search for Parked Vehicles ...................................................................................... 127
17.6.4 Search for Parking Records ..................................................................................... 130
17.6.5 Search for Multiple Vehicles Under One Account Status ........................................ 131
Chapter 18 Face and Body Recognition ................................................................................... 133
18.1 View Detected and Matched Face in Live View ............................................................... 133
18.2 Add Mismatched Person to Person Group ....................................................................... 135
18.3 Face Search ...................................................................................................................... 137
18.3.1 Search Captured Face Pictures and Related Videos ................................................ 137
18.3.2 Search Face Pictures by Picture .............................................................................. 141
18.3.3 Search Matched Faces ............................................................................................ 146
18.3.4 Search Persons by Frequency ................................................................................. 149
18.4 Human Body Search ......................................................................................................... 152
18.4.1 Search Captured Human Body Pictures and Related Videos .................................. 153
18.4.2 Search Human Body Pictures by Picture ................................................................. 155
18.5 Archive Search ................................................................................................................. 158
18.6 Identity Verification ......................................................................................................... 160
18.6.1 Compare with Face Comparison Group .................................................................. 160

vii
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

18.6.2 Compare with Specific Picture ................................................................................ 161

Chapter 19 Security Control .................................................................................................... 164
19.1 Start Live View of Radar's Calibrated Camera .................................................................. 164
19.2 Perform Arming Control for Resources ............................................................................ 165
19.3 Handle Panic Alarm from Panic Alarm Station ................................................................. 167
Chapter 20 Check Alarm and Event ......................................................................................... 169
20.1 View Resources' Real-Time Alarms .................................................................................. 169
20.2 View Pop-up Window Triggered by Alarm ....................................................................... 173
20.3 Manually Trigger User-Defined Event .............................................................................. 175
20.4 Perform Arming Control for Alarms ................................................................................. 176
20.5 Event and Alarm Search ................................................................................................... 178
20.5.1 Alarm Overview ...................................................................................................... 178
20.5.2 Search Event and Alarm Logs .................................................................................. 179
Chapter 21 Manage Evidence .................................................................................................. 181
21.1 Save Manually Recorded Video as Evidence in Live View ................................................ 181
21.2 Save Clipped Video as Evidence in Playback .................................................................... 182
21.3 Save Found Video Footage as Evidence ........................................................................... 183
21.4 Save Downloaded Video Footage as Evidence ................................................................. 185
21.5 Search Evidence ............................................................................................................... 186
Chapter 22 Smart Wall ............................................................................................................ 189
22.1 Manage Smart Wall (Decoding Device) ............................................................................ 189
22.1.1 Decode and Display Directly ................................................................................... 191
22.1.2 View Settings ........................................................................................................... 193
22.1.3 Perform View Auto-Switch ...................................................................................... 195
22.1.4 Auto-Switch Cameras in One Window .................................................................... 196
22.1.5 Create a Roaming Window ..................................................................................... 196
22.1.6 View Alarm's Related Video on Smart Wall ............................................................ 197
22.1.7 View and Export Window No. and Camera ID ........................................................ 198

viii
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

22.2 Manage Smart Wall (Graphic Card) ................................................................................. 199

22.2.1 Display Contents on Smart Wall in Smart Wall Mode ............................................. 199
22.2.2 Display Contents on Smart Wall in Live View Mode ............................................... 201
22.2.3 Display Alarm's Related Video on Smart Wall ......................................................... 204
22.2.4 Display Health Monitoring Page on Smart Wall ...................................................... 206
22.2.5 Display Desktop on Smart Wall ............................................................................... 207
Chapter 23 Broadcast ............................................................................................................. 209
23.1 Broadcast to Connected Speaker Unit ............................................................................. 209
23.2 Broadcast to Connected Devices ..................................................................................... 210
23.3 Search for Live Broadcast Records ................................................................................... 210
Chapter 24 Intelligent Analysis Report .................................................................................... 212
24.1 Customize Report Dashboard .......................................................................................... 212
24.2 Generate People Counting Report ................................................................................... 213
24.3 Generate People Counting Report (Entry Rate) ............................................................... 216
24.4 Generate People Density Analysis Report ........................................................................ 218
24.5 Generate Queue Analysis Report ..................................................................................... 222
24.6 Generate Heat Analysis Report ........................................................................................ 225
24.7 Generate Pathway Analysis Report .................................................................................. 229
24.8 Generate Person Feature Analysis Report ....................................................................... 231
24.9 Generate Temperature Analysis Report ........................................................................... 233
24.10 Generate Vehicle Analysis Report .................................................................................. 235
24.11 Generate Skin-Surface Temperature Analysis Report .................................................... 237
Chapter 25 Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 241
25.1 Health Monitoring ........................................................................................................... 241
25.1.1 Real-Time Health Status Overview .......................................................................... 241
25.1.2 Real-Time Health Status Overview (Topology) ........................................................ 243
25.1.3 Historical Health Data Overview ............................................................................. 250
25.2 Resource Status ................................................................................................................ 253

ix
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

25.3 Log Search ........................................................................................................................ 260

25.3.1 Search for Server Logs ............................................................................................. 260
25.3.2 Search for Online/Offline Logs of Device ................................................................ 262
25.3.3 Search for Logs Stored on Device ............................................................................ 264
25.3.4 Search for Online/Offline Logs of Resource ............................................................ 266
25.3.5 Search for Recording Status of Resource ................................................................ 268
Chapter 26 Tools ..................................................................................................................... 274
26.1 Play Video via VSPlayer .................................................................................................... 274
26.2 Perform Two-Way Audio .................................................................................................. 275
26.3 Control Alarm Output ...................................................................................................... 275
Chapter 27 System Settings ..................................................................................................... 277
27.1 Set General Parameters ................................................................................................... 277
27.2 Set Video Parameters ....................................................................................................... 279
27.2.1 Set Network Parameters ......................................................................................... 279
27.2.2 Set File Parameters ................................................................................................. 280
27.2.3 Set Display Parameters ........................................................................................... 280
27.2.4 Set Keyboard and Joystick Parameters .................................................................... 281
27.3 Set Alarm Sound .............................................................................................................. 282
27.4 Set Health Monitoring Parameters .................................................................................. 282
27.5 Set Screen Position .......................................................................................................... 282
27.6 Enable Printing Parking Free Receipts .............................................................................. 283
27.7 Switch Home Page Mode ................................................................................................. 283
27.8 Set Ringtone for Calling .................................................................................................... 283

x
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 1 About Control Client

As one of the key components of the system, the Control Client provides multiple operating
functionalities, including real-time live view, PTZ control, video playback and downloading, alarm
receiving, log search, and so on.
This user manual describes the function, configuration, and operation steps of the Control Client.
To ensure the proper usage and stability of the client, refer to the contents below and read the
manual carefully before operation.

Note
The functions on the Control Client vary with the License you purchased. For detailed information,
contact our technical support.

1
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 2 Login
Log in to the system via the Control Client for operations.

2.1 First Time Login

When normal user (except admin user) logs into the system for the first time, he/she should
change the initial password and set a new password for login.
Before You Start
When you log into the system for the first time, you are required to create a password for the
system pre-defined administrator user (named admin) on the Web Client before you can properly
configure and operate the system.
Perform the following steps when you access the system via the Control Client for the first time as
a normal user (except admin).
Steps
1.
Double-click on the desktop to run the Control Client.

Figure 2-1 Login Page

2. Enter the server parameters.

Note
You can click Hide Server Address or Show Server Address to hide or show the server network
information.
Server Address
Enter the address (IP address or domain name) of the server that running the SYS service you
want to connect to.

2
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Port
Enter the port No. of the server where the SYS service is running. The default port No. is 80.
3. Enter the user name and password of the HikCentral Professional.

Note
● Contact the administrator for the user name and initial password.

● For domain user account, you can check Auto-Launch so that you will not need to manually

start the Control Client next time you start your computer.
4. Click Log In.
5. Click Close in the pop-up dialog to continue.
6. Set a new password and confirm the password.

Caution
The password strength of the device can be checked by the system. We highly recommend you
change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least
three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special
characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you reset your
password regularly, especially in the high security system, resetting the password monthly or
weekly can better protect your product.
Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the
installer and/or end-user.
7. Click Log In to change the password.
You enter the Control Client home page after you change the password.

2.2 Normal Login (Not First Time)

Normally, you can log into the platform with the user name and password of HikCentral
Professional as a normal user.
Steps
1.
Double-click on the desktop to run the Control Client.

3
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 2-2 Login Page

2. Enter the server parameters.

Note
You can click Hide Server Address or Show Server Address to hide or show the server network
information.
Server Address
Enter the address (IP address or domain name) of the server that running the SYS service that
you want to connect to.
Port
Enter the port No. of the server where the SYS service is running. The default port No. is 80.
3. Enter the user name and password of the HikCentral Professional.
4. Optional: Check Remember Password checkbox to keep the password.
5. Optional: Check Enable Auto-login checkbox to log in to the software automatically for the next
login.

Note
For domain user account, you can check Auto-Launch so that you will not need to manually start
the Control Client next time you start your computer.
6. Click Log In.

Note
● If an failed password attempt of current user is detected, you are required to enter the
verification code before you can log in. The failed password attempt from current client, other
client and other address will all require the verification code.
● The failed password attempt from current client, other client (e.g., Control Client) and other
address will all be accumulated. Your IP address will be locked for a specified period of time

4
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

after specific number of failed password or verification code attempts. For detailed settings of
failed login attempts and locking duration, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional
Web Client.
● The account will be frozen for 30 minutes after 5 failed password attempts. The failed
password attempt from current client, other client (e.g., Control Client) and other address will
all be accumulated.
● The password strength can be checked by the system and should meet the system
requirements. If password strength is lower than the required minimum strength, you will be
asked to change your password. For detailed settings of minimum password strength, refer to
the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
● If your password has expired, you should change the password when logging in. For detailed
settings of maximum password age, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.

Enter the Control Client home page.

2.3 Change Password for Reset User and Login

If the normal user's password is reset to the initial password by the administrator, he/she should
change the initial password and set a new password when logging in again.
Perform this task when you need to access the system via Control Client as a normal user whose
password has been reset to the initial one.
Steps
1.
Double-click on the desktop to run the Control Client.

Figure 2-3 Login Page

2. Enter the server parameters.
Server Address

5
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Enter the address (IP address or domain name) of the server that running the SYS you want to
connect to.
Port
Enter the port No. of the server where the SYS is running. The default port No. is 80.

Note
You can click Hide Server Address or Show Server Address to hide or show the server network
information.
3. If the Blazer Express has been registered to Hik-Connect service and added to one Hik-Connect
account, get its IP address and port via Hik-Connect service.

Note
You should register the Blazer Express to Hik-Connect service and add it to an Hik-Connect
account first. For details, refer to the User Manual of Blazer Express Web Client.
1) Click Show Server Address to show the parameters panel.
2) Click Get IP Address from Hik-Connect.
3) Select the country or region of your Hik-Connect account.
4) Click Next to continue.
5) Enter the Hik-Connect service account and password to login the Hik-Connect service.
6) Select the Blazer Express to get the IP address and click Select in Operation column.

Figure 2-4 Get IP Address via Hik-Connect

The IP address and port number will fill the server parameters fields automatically.
4. Enter the user name and password of the HikCentral Professional.

6
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
● Contact the administrator for the user name and initial password.

● For domain user account, you can check Auto-Launch so that you will not need to manually

start the Control Client next time you start your computer.
5. Click Log In.
6. Click Close in the pop-up dialog to continue.
7. Set a new password and confirm the password.

Caution
The password strength of the device can be checked by the system. We highly recommend you
change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least
three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special
characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you reset your
password regularly, especially in the high security system, resetting the password monthly or
weekly can better protect your product.
Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the
installer and/or end-user.
8. Click Log In to change the password.
You enter the Control Client home page after you change the password.

7
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 3 Home Page Overview

The default Home page shows a control panel which provides an overview of navigation about the
function modules in a visible way, i.e., Alarm Monitoring, Health Status, and Map, for quick and
convenient access.

Note
● You can customize the control panel in default Home page mode and adjust the module
arrangement as you desired. For details, refer to Customize Control Panel .
● The default mode of the Home page is Visualization Mode. For the first time login, a prompt will
appear at the top of the Home page, you can click Switch to switch the mode to Menu Mode. If
you want to restore to the default mode, you can go to the System page and set. For details,
refer to Switch Home Page Mode .

The HikCentral Professional Control Client is composed of the following function modules by
default.
Table 3-1 Function Modules of Control Client
Section Module Description
Surveillance Monitoring The Monitoring module provides live view, playback,
smart wall (graphic card), view management, and map
management, and supports some basic operations, such
as PTZ control, picture capturing, etc.
For more details, refer to Manage View , Live View ,
Playback , Map Management , and Manage Smart Wall
(Graphic Card) .
Parking Lot The Parking Lot module provides entry and exit control
for the detected vehicles. The system will automatically
open the barrier according to the settings on the Web
Client. If the barrier is not open, you can also open the
barrier by pressing a button manually to allow the vehicle
to pass.
For more details, refer to Entrance & Exit Control .
Intelligent The Intelligent Monitoring module provides the display of
Monitoring today's event statistics, real-​time captured pictures (of
faces, human bodies, and vehicles), and real-​time events
triggered by vehicles and persons. You can customize the
contents to be displayed in this module.
For more details, refer to Customize Intelligent
Monitoring Contents .

8
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Module Description

Alarm Center The Alarm Center module provides the display and
management of alarm/event information received by the
Control Client.
For more details, refer to Check Alarm and Event .
Investigation Event & Alarm The Event & Alarm Search module provides the function
Search of searching for event and alarm logs.
For more details, refer to Search Event and Alarm Logs .
Video Search The Video Search module provides the function of
searching for video footage, video on device, or VCA
event related video.
For more details, refer to Video Search .
Face Search The Face Search module provides searching for captured/
matched/frequently appeared person's/rarely appeared
person's face pictures and related videos.
For more details, refer to Face Search .
Human Body The Human Body Search module provides searching for
Search captured human body pictures and related videos.
For more details, refer to Human Body Search .
Identity Search The Identity Search module provides searching for the
related archives of a face picture to check the captured
pictures or videos of similar persons in the library, and
supports picture-to-picture and picture-to-group
comparison for verifying the person's identity by face
similarity.
For more details, refer to Archive Search and Identity
Verification .
Access Control The Access Control Retrieval module provides searching
Retrieval for access records and entry & exit counting.
For more details, refer to Search Access Records and
Perform Entry & Exit Counting .
Vehicle Search The Vehicle Search module provides searching for related
vehicle passing information.
For more details, refer to Search for Vehicle Passing
Records .
Live Broadcast The Live Broadcast and Recording module provides
and Recording searching for live broadcast records.

9
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Module Description

For more details, refer to Search for Live Broadcast
Records .
Intelligent Intelligent The Intelligent Analysis Overview module provides
Analysis Analysis Overview customizing and viewing reports.
For more details, refer to Customize Report Dashboard .
People Analysis The People Analysis module provides reports for people
counting, queue analysis, heat analysis, pathway analysis,
and person feature analysis.
For more details, refer to Generate People Counting
Report , Generate Queue Analysis Report , Generate
Heat Analysis Report , Generate Pathway Analysis
Report , and Generate Person Feature Analysis Report .
Temperature The Temperature Analysis module provides the report for
Analysis temperature analysis.
For more details, refer to Generate Temperature Analysis
Report .
Vehicle Analysis The Vehicle Analysis module provides the report for the
number of passing vehicles.
For more details, refer to Generate Vehicle Analysis
Report .
Maintenance Health Monitoring The Health Monitoring module provides real-​time
overview and history overview of the resources and
service status.
For more details, refer to Real-Time Health Status
Overview and Historical Health Data Overview .
Resource Status The Resource Status module provides the status of the
resources.
For more details, refer to Resource Status .
Audit Trail The Audit Trail module provides searching, viewing, and
backing up the log files.
For more details, refer to Log Search .
Tool Smart Wall The Smart Wall module provides the function of
displaying the decoded video on smart wall.
For more details, refer to Manage Smart Wall (Decoding
Device)

10
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Module Description

Arming Control The Arming Control module provides arming and
disarming of the resources managed in the system.
For more details, refer to Perform Arming Control for
Alarms .
Video Intercom The Video Intercom module provides voice talk with
residents by calling their indoor stations.
For more details, refer to Video Intercom .
VSPlayer In the VSPlayer module, you can run the software and
play video files stored in the local PC.
For more details, refer to Play Video via VSPlayer .
Two-Way Audio The Two-Way Audio module provides the function of
voice talk between the Control Client and devices, and
supports getting and playing the real-​time audio on the
Control Client.
For more details, refer to Perform Two-Way Audio .
Broadcasting The Broadcasting module provides the function of
distributing the audio content to the added device if the
device has an audio output.
For more details, refer to Broadcast to Connected Devices
Alarm Output The Alarm Output Control module provides the function
Control of controlling the alarm output remotely by the Control
Client.
For more details, refer to Control Alarm Output .
Management System The System module provides basic settings and
application settings.
For more details, refer to System Settings .
Help The Help module provides help information, such as user
manual, license details, and software version of the
Control Client.
Download Center The Download Center module supports viewing and
managing the downloading tasks.
For more details, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

11
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Module Description

Local Picture The Local Picture module provides the search and
management of local pictures.
Local Recording The Local Recording module provides the search and
management of local video files.

3.1 Customize Control Panel

You can select modules to display on the control panel and customize the module arrangement.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the control panel, click My Control Panel to unfold the drop-down list.
2. Click Add Control Panel in the drop-down list to start customizing a control panel.

Figure 3-1 Customize Control Panel

3. In the top left corner of the control panel adding page, enter a name for the control panel.
4. On the right panel, select a window.
5. On the left panel, click a module name to show the module configuration panel on the left.
6. Select and drag/double click a camera/map/web page, or set module parameters and click Save.

12
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
● When adding the Camera or Map module, you can edit the added modules. But when adding
other modules (except the Camera and Map modules), you cannot edit the added modules.
● When adding the Health Monitoring module, setting module parameters is not required. After
clicking the module name, the module will be directly added and displayed in the selected
window.
● When adding the Web Page module, you can enter the URL or IP address of the web page in
the input field in the top right corner of the window and press Enter on the keyboard to go to
the web page.

The module is added to the selected window and displayed in a visualized way.
7. Optional: Perform the following operation(s).
Edit Module Click in the top right corner of the window to edit the module
Parameters parameters.
Remove Module Click in the top right corner of the window to remove the module
from the window.
Customize Module Drag the module to the desired window to customize the module
Arrangement arrangement on the control panel.
8. Optional: In the top right corner of the control panel adding page, click Cancel to cancel
customizing the control panel.
9. Optional: In the top right corner of the control panel adding page, click Restore Default to
restore to the default control panel.
10. In the top right corner of the control panel adding page, click Save to save the custom control
panel.
11. Optional: Perform the following operation(s).
Edit Control Panel In the top right corner of the Control Client, click Edit Control Panel
to edit the control panel.
Switch to Full In the top right corner of the Control Client, click Full Screen to
Screen display the control panel in full screen mode.
Open Auxiliary In the top right corner of the Control Client, click to display the
Screen control panel on the auxiliary screen.

3.2 Customize Navigation Bar

To conveniently access some frequently used or important modules, you can customize the
navigation bar.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules to display the navigation bar
and All Modules panel.

13
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 3-2 Navigation Bar and All Modules Panel

2. On the All Modules panel, drag the modules to the desired area to customize the module
arrangement.
3. On the All Modules panel, move the cursor to a module item.
An icon appears beside the module name.
4. Click to add the selected module to the navigation bar.
The icon of the corresponding module turns to .
5. Optional: Click to remove the module from the navigation bar.

14
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 4 Manage View

A view is a window division with resource channels (e.g., cameras and access points) linked to each
window. View mode enables you to save the window division and the correspondence between
cameras and windows (or correspondence between map and window) as the default so that you
can quickly access these channels and/or map later. For example, you can link camera 1, camera 2,
and camera 3 located in your office to the certain display windows and save them as a view called
office. Then, you can access the view office and these cameras will display in the linked window
quickly.
Perform this task when you need to get quick access to a certain set of channels for live view or
playback.

Note
● For live view, the view mode can save resource type, resource ID, stream type, position, and
scale after digital zoom, preset No., and fisheye dewarping status.
● For playback, the view mode can save resource type, resource ID, position, and scale after digital
zoom, and fisheye dewarping status.

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2.
Click to enter the View page.
3. Optional: Add a custom view group.
1) Select Public View or Private View to add the view group.

Note
The view groups and views that belong to the private view group are hidden from the other
users.
2) Click .
3) Create a name for the group or use the default name.
4) Click OK to add this view group.
4. Add a view.
1) Select a view group.
2) Click .
3) Create a name for the view or use the default name.
4) Click OK to add this view.
5. Select a view for setting window division mode and the linked resource channels.
6. Click Monitoring.
7. Drag the channels to the window or double-click the channels to start live view or playback.

15
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For detailed operations about live view and playback, refer to Live View and Normal Playback .
8. Save the view with the displayed view division and channels.
- Click → Save View to save the current window division mode and displayed channels and
(or) map as the selected view.
- Click → Save as View to save the current window division mode and displayed channels
and (or) map as a new view by creating view name (optional) and selecting the view saving
path.

Note
If the added view is not selected before, you can also save the current window division and
displayed channels as a new view.
9. Optional: Perform the following operations after adding the view.
Edit View Click to edit the view settings, such as the view name and camera's
stream type.
Add Camera/Map a. Go to Monitoring.
to the Existing b. Select camera(s) or map.
View
Note
You can press Ctrl on the keyboard to select multiple cameras.
c. Click → Save View to save the camera(s) or map to an existing
view.
Delete a. Move the cursor to a camera or a map in a view.
Camera/Map from b. Click to close the current camera or map window.
View c. Click → Save View to save the current view.
Live View/ Select a view, and click → Play to start live view or playback in view
Playback in View mode. See Start Live View in View Mode and Start Playback in View
Mode Mode for details.
Delete View or Click to delete the custom view or view group.
View Group
Reset View Click to restore the view to its initial settings.
Search View Click , and enter keywords in the search box to search for target
view(s).

16
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 5 Live View

You can view live video of the connected cameras using Live View. During live view, you can control
PTZ cameras, record video clips, capture images, view instant playback, add cameras to Favorites,
etc. For the ANPR camera, you can view the recognized license plate number. For the face
recognition device, you can view the face comparison information of the detected faces. For the
access points that are related to cameras, you can control the access point status in real-time and
check the card swiping records. Also, you can enter smart wall (graphic card) mode and display the
resources on the smart wall.

Navigation Panel
Monitoring Show live-view-available resources that are grouped in areas
in each site.
Real-Time People View real-​time people counting status of each people
Counting counting group.
Favorites View Favorites created by you and Favorites shared by
others. You can quickly access the cameras that are added in
Favorites.
View Create custom view groups and views of available channels.
Edit existing view groups and views.
Face Comparison View the face comparison information between the
detected faces and the face pictures in a face comparison
group.
Smart Wall Enter Smart Wall (Graphic Card) Mode.
Set window division and adjust display window on smart
wall.

Note
For more details, refer to Display Contents on Smart Wall
in Smart Wall Mode .

PTZ Control Control a PTZ camera.

Create presets for PTZ cameras.
Create patrols for PTZ cameras.
Create patterns for PTZ cameras.
Add Web Page Add web page(s) to the Live View or Playback window.
Window

17
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For details, refer to Add Web Page to Display Window .

5.1 Start Live View in Area Mode

You can start the live view of cameras grouped in an area.
Before You Start
Make sure you have grouped cameras in areas via the Web Client. For details, refer to the User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Select Monitoring on the left.
The areas which the current user has permission to access are listed and the resources which
the user has permission to access are shown in the corresponding areas.

Note
For setting the user permission, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
3. Optional: Click in the upper-right corner to change live view window division.
Average
All the divided windows are distributed in average.
Highlighted
The highlighted window is used to display the live video of the critical camera.
Horizontal
The divided windows are distributed horizontally in the window.
Vertical
The divided windows are distributed vertically in the window.
Others
Other types of window division besides the types above.
4. Start live view.
For One Camera Drag a camera to the display window to start the live view of the camera,
or double-click the camera to start the live view in a free display window.
For All Cameras Drag an area to a display window, and click Play in Batch, or double-click
in The Same the area to start the live view of all camera in the area.
Area

18
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
The display windows automatically adapt to the number of cameras in
the area.
5. Optional: Perform further operations after starting live view.
Operations on Live Move the mouse cursor to the lower edge of the live view window
View Toolbar and perform more operations.

Note
For details about the functions of different icons, refer to Customize
Icons on Live View Window .

View Alarm When an alarm is triggered on a resource, the title bar of the
Information and resource's live view window will turn red. Click the red title bar to
Acknowledge Alarm view the alarm information and acknowledge the alarm.

5.2 Start Live View in View Mode

You can quickly start the live view of the cameras managed in a view.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added at least a view. Refer to Manage View for details.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Select View on the left.
3. Start the live view of the cameras related to the view.
- Double click a view.
- Move the mouse cursor to a view, and click → Play beside the view name.

Note
You can switch the added views from the drop-down list above the live view window.
4. Optional: Perform further operations after starting live view.
Operations on Live Move the mouse cursor to the lower edge of the live view window and
View Toolbar perform more operations.

Note
For details about the functions of different icons, refer to Customize
Icons on Live View Window .

19
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

View Alarm When an alarm is triggered on a resource, the title bar of the resource's
Information live view window will turn red. Click the red title bar to view the alarm
information and acknowledge alarm.
Adjust Windows' Drag the windows to adjust the sequences.
Sequence
Note
The changed sequence will be restored after restarting live view in view
mode.

5.3 Auto-Switch Cameras in an Area

You can play the live view of all cameras in an area in turn in one window and perform further
operations after auto-switch starts.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Select Monitoring on the left.
The areas which the current user has permission to access are listed and cameras which the user
has permission to access are shown in each area.

Note
For setting the user permission, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
3. Start auto-switch in the area.
- Drag an area to the live view window and select Single-Screen Auto-Switch to start the auto-
switch the cameras of the area in the selected display window.
- Click on the right side of the area name and click Area Auto-Switch to switch the cameras
of the area in the live view window.
4. Optional: Move the cursor to the live view window and perform further operations after auto-
switch starts.
Adjust Switching Click or in the lower-left corner of the live view window to adjust
Interval the interval of the auto-switch.
View Previous or Click or in the lower-left corner of the live view window to go to
Next Camera the previous or next camera.
Pause Click in the lower-left corner of the live view window to pause the
auto-switch.
5. Optional: Move the cursor to the display window to access the icons for further operations.

Note
For details about these icons, refer to Customize Icons on Live View Window .

20
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

5.4 PTZ Control

The Control Client provides PTZ control for cameras with pan/tilt/zoom functionality. You can set
the preset, patrol and pattern for the cameras on the PTZ control panel.

Note
The PTZ control function should be supported by the camera.

Figure 5-1 PTZ Control Panel

The following buttons are available on the PTZ control panel:

Lock the PTZ for a designated time period. When the PTZ is locked, users with
lower PTZ control permission levels cannot change the PTZ controls.

Note
For details about setting the PTZ control permission level, refer to the User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

Cancel the PTZ lock.

Direction Button, Auto-scan and PTZ speed.

In the live video display window, you can also click the icon to enable window PTZ control. Move
the cursor to the direction you desired and click on the image to pan or tilt. You can also click
and drag the cursor with a white arrows to the direction you desired for a quick direction control.

21
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

5.4.1 Configure Preset

A preset is a predefined image position which contains configuration parameters for pan, tilt,
zoom, focus and other parameters. You can also set a virtual preset after enabling digital zoom.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Start live view of the PTZ camera.
3. Click to enter the PTZ Control mode.
4. Click to enter the PTZ preset configuration panel.
5. Use the direction buttons and other buttons to control the PTZ movement.
6. Select a PTZ preset number from the preset list and click .
7. Create a name for the preset in the pop-up window.
8. Click OK to save the settings.

Note
● Up to 256 presets can be added.

● The unconfigured preset is gray.

● The configured preset is highlighted.

9. Optional: After adding the preset, you can do one or more of the followings:
Call Preset Double-click the preset, or select the preset and click .
Edit Preset Select the preset from the list and click .
Delete Preset Select the preset from the list and click .

5.4.2 Configure Patrol

A patrol is a scanning track specified by a group of user-defined presets (including virtual presets),
with the scanning speed between two presets and the dwell time of the preset separately
programmable.
Before You Start
Two or more presets for one PTZ camera need to be added. Refer to Configure Preset for details
about adding a preset.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Start live view of the PTZ camera.
3. Click to enter the PTZ Control mode.
4. Click to enter the PTZ patrol configuration panel.
5. Add presets to the patrol.
1) Click on the right side of a patrol.
2) Select Device Preset or Virtual Preset as the preset type.

22
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

3) Click to add a configured preset, and set the dwell time and patrol speed.

Note
● The preset dwell time ranges from 15 to 30s.

● The patrol speed ranges from 1 to 40.

● The unconfigured patrol is gray.

● The configured patrol is highlighted.

4) Repeat the above steps to add other presets to the patrol.

Note
By default, the first preset is added to the patrol list. Double-click the preset, speed, and dwell
time to access a drop-down configuration list.
6. Optional: Perform the following operations after you add the preset.
Edit Added Preset Double-click the corresponding field of the preset to edit the
settings.
Remove Preset from Click to remove the preset from the patrol.
Patrol
Adjust Preset Sequence Click or to adjust the presets sequence.
7. Click OK to save the patrol settings.

Note
Up to 8 patrols can be configured.
8. Optional: After setting the patrol, you can do one or more of the followings:
Call Patrol Click to start the patrol.

Note
When the patrol is working, it will stop if you start performing PTZ control
including direction button control, zoom in/out, focus +/-, iris +/-, etc. The
patrol will continue working after you have stopped PTZ control for 15
seconds.

Stop Calling Click to stop the patrol.

Patrol

5.4.3 Configure Pattern

Patterns can be set to record the movement of the PTZ.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Start live view of the PTZ camera.

23
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

3. Click to enter the PTZ Control mode.

4. Click to enter the PTZ pattern configuration panel.
5. Click to start recording the movement path of the pattern.
6. Use the direction buttons and other buttons to control the PTZ movement.
7. Click to stop and save the pattern recording.

Note
Only one pattern can be configured, and the newly-defined pattern will overwrite the previous
one.
8. Optional: After setting the pattern, you can do one or more of the followings:
Call Pattern Click to call the pattern.

Note
When the pattern is working, it will stop if you perform PTZ control including
direction button control, zoom in/out, focus +/-, iris +/-, etc. The pattern will
continue working after you have stopped PTZ control for 15 seconds.

Stop Calling Click to stop calling the pattern.

Pattern
Delete Pattern Click to clear the recorded pattern.

5.5 Manual Recording and Capture

You can record video files and capture pictures manually during live view.
Manual Recording
Record the live video during live view if needed and store the video files in the local PC.
Capture
Capture pictures during live view if needed and store the pictures in the local PC.

5.5.1 Manual Recording

During live view, you can record the live video manually and you can export the video as video
evidence.
Follow the steps to record video during live view.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Move the cursor to the live view display window to show the toolbar.
3. Click in the toolbar of the display window to start the manual recording. The icon turns to .

24
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
During the manual recording, Recording... will display in the upper-right corner of the display
window.
4. Click to stop recording.
A dialog directing to the saving location of the file pops up.

Note
● You can change the saving path of video files in System. For details, see Set General

Parameters .
● The video cannot be saved if the free space on your disk is less than 2 GB.

5. Optional: Perform further operations in the pop-up dialog box after manually recording.
Open Folder Click Open Folder to access the video file folder.
Save As Click Save As and specify file saving path to change the saving location for
the recorded video files.
Save as Click Save As and check Save as Evidence, and then edit the information to
Evidence save the video footage as evidence.

Note
See Save Found Video Footage as Evidence for details.

5.5.2 View Manually Recorded Videos

The manually recorded files during live view are stored on the PC on which the Control Client is
running. You can search and check the video files in Local Recoding.
Follow the steps to view the recorded videos.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Management → Local
Recording .
2. In the Camera field, click to select the camera(s) that you want to search video recordings in
the area list.
3. In the Time field, set the time range for this search.
4. Click Search.
Video files recorded between the start time and end time are shown on the right.

25
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 5-2 Local Recording

5. To play a video file using the VSPlayer, click on the video file.

Note
For detailed instructions about VSPlayer, click and select User Manual to see the User Manual
of VSPlayer.
6. Optional: Select video files and perform further operations on the files.
Save Video File to Click Save As and then specify a local path to save the selected video
Local PC file(s).
Delete Video File Click Delete to delete the selected video file(s).
Save Video File as a. Click Save As to open the Export panel.
Evidence b. Check Save as Evidence and then edit the information to save the
video file as evidence.

Note
For details, see Save Found Video Footage as Evidence for details.

5.5.3 Capture Pictures

During live view, you can take a quick snapshot of the live video via the Control Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Move the cursor to the live view display window to show the toolbar.
3. Click in the toolbar to capture a picture.
A dialog box directing to the saving location pops up.

26
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
● You can change the saving path for captured pictures in System. For details, see Set General

Parameters .
● The picture cannot be saved if the free space on your disk is less than 512 MB.

4. Optional: Click Open Folder in the dialog box to check the picture or click Edit to edit the
picture.

Note
For details about editing the captured pictures, refer to Edit Captured Picture .
5. Optional: Click Search by Picture to open video search window. Refer to Search Captured Face
Pictures and Related Videos for more details.

5.5.4 Edit Captured Picture

After capturing a picture during live view, you can edit the picture and save the edited picture.
Before You Start
Capture a picture during live view.
Follow the steps to edit a captured picture.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. In the dialog box that pops up after capturing a picture, click Edit to open the Capture window.

Figure 5-3 Snapshot Window

27
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

3. Press and move the cursor on the picture to draw. For example, you can mark the suspicious
persons in the picture.
4. Click Save As and specify the path to save the edited picture.

Note
The picture cannot be saved if the free space on your disk is less than 512 MB.

5.5.5 View Captured Pictures

The captured pictures in live view are stored on the PC on which the Control Client is running. You
can search and check the picture files in Local Picture.
Follow the steps to view the captured pictures.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Management → Local
Picture .
2. In the Camera field, click to select the camera(s) that you want to search captured pictures in
the area list.
3. In the Time field, set the time range for this search.
4. Click Search.
Pictures captured between the start time and end time are shown on the right.

Figure 5-5 Local Picture

5. Optional: Double-click a picture for a larger view.
6. Optional: Select picture(s) and perform further operations.
Print Pictures Click Print to print the selected pictures.
Save Picture to Local PC Click Save As and then specify a local path to save the selected
picture(s).
Delete Picture Click Delete to delete the selected picture(s).

28
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

5.6 View Dewarped Live View of Fisheye Camera

You can set center calibration and view dewarped live view of a fisheye camera in the client.
Dewarping refers to the process of perspective correction of an image, to reverse the effects of
geometric distortion caused by the fisheye camera lens. It allows the user to cover a wide area
with a single device and have a "normal" view of an otherwise distorted or reversed image. Also,
during live view, you can perform more operations such as adjusting view angle and zooming
in/out view.
Steps
1. Start live view of a fisheye camera.

Note
For details, refer to Start Live View in Area Mode and Start Live View in View Mode .
2. Optional: Set center calibration of the fisheye camera to calibrate the center of fisheye image.
1) On the toolbar of display window, click → to open center calibration window.

Figure 5-6 Center Calibration Window

2) Move or adjust the size of the rectangle in red dashed line on the video to calibrate the center
of camera view as desired.

Note
Center calibration should be operated within proper scope, otherwise it will fail.
3) Click Save.
3. On the toolbar of display window, click to enter the fisheye dewarping mode and view live
view.

29
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 5-7 Fisheye Dewarping

4. Optional: Perform the following operations as desired.
Adjust View Put the cursor on the live video, and drag the video to adjust the view
Angle angle.
Zoom in/out Put the cursor on the live video, and scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in or
View out the view.
Perform PTZ Use the PTZ panel on the left side to perform PTZ control of the camera.
control
Note
Setting pattern is not supported by fisheye cameras. For details about PTZ
control, refer to PTZ Control .

5.7 View People Density in Live View

For a camera linked to a behavior analysis server, you can view its live video, heat map that shows
people density data, and real-time statistics of people amount simultaneously. In this way, you can
monitor people density in the field of view of the camera in real time, thus prevent excessive
people gathering in special occasions such as epidemic outbreak.

30
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Before You Start

● Make sure you have purchased the license that supports people density analysis.

● Make sure that you have added a behavior analysis server to the SYS and linked cameras to the

server, and that you have set people density analysis tasks for the cameras on the Web Client.
For details, see HikCentral Professional Web Client User Manual.
● Make sure you have configured people density analysis on the behavior analysis server. For

details, see the user manual of the server.

Steps

Note
The function should be supported by the camera.
1. Start live view of a camera linked to the behavior analysis server.

Note
For details, refer to Start Live View in Area Mode and Start Live View in View Mode .
2. Hover the cursor onto the live view image to show the toolbar, and then click on the toolbar
to enter the people density analysis mode.
The display window will be divided into three parts: the live video (optical view) of the camera, a
heat map, and a line chart.
On the heat map, the persons on the image are highlighted, which allows you to view their
motion clearly.
On the line chart, the variation trend of the people amount and the real-time people amount
are displayed.

Figure 5-8 View People Density in Live View

3. Optional: Perform the following operations if required.
Capture and Manual Click to capture a picture.
Recording

31
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Print Captured Picture Click to capture a picture and then print it.
View Camera Status Click to view the camera's status information, including frame
rate, resolution, bit-rate, network status, signal status, recording
status, video storage location, picture storage location, etc.

5.8 Perform Manual Panorama Tracking

During live view, you can enable the panorama tracking manually to locate or track the target
appeared in the view of bullet or box camera with a linked speed dome. You can also check and
test the calibration results about panorama tracking settings for auto-tracking.
Before You Start
Make sure you have configured the panorama tracking rules for the box or bullet camera on Web
Client. For more details, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Start the live view of box/bullet camera, and linked speed dome.
3. Click on toolbar of box/bullet camera to enable manual panorama tracking.

Note
If you choose to enable manual panorama tracking, the auto panorama tracking will not take
effect; if you choose not to enable manual panorama tracking and enable Auto-Tracking when
configuring panorama tracking on the Web Client, when the configured VCA event is triggered
by target, the linked speed dome will perform the automatic panorama tracking.
4. Click or draw a rectangle on the live view image of the box/bullet camera, and the speed dome
will switch to the close-up view.

Figure 5-9 Manual Panorama Tracking

5.9 Create Zooming Area to View Detailed Live View

You can play the full-frame live view of a camera and zoomed-in parts side by side at the same time
by creating zooming areas.

32
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Before You Start

Make sure you have added camera(s) via the Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Start the live view of a camera. See detailed instructions in Start Live View in Area Mode .
3. Create a zooming area in the full-frame live view of the camera to view details of this area in a
new display window.
- For a normal camera, click and draw a rectangle on the video.

Figure 5-10 Zooming Area Window (Normal Camera)

Note
Up to 5 zooming areas can be added.
- For a fisheye camera, click and draw a rectangle on the video.

Figure 5-11 Dewarped Zooming Area Window (Fisheye Camera)

Note
● Up to 8 zooming areas can be added.
● For fisheye cameras, you can view the dewardped zooming image in the new live view
window.
Live view of zooming area(s) you create will play in the new live view window(s).
4. Optional: Perform further operations after creating a zooming area.

33
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Delete Zooming Move the cursor to a zooming area on the main live view window, and
Area click to delete the area.
Edit Zooming Drag the edge of a zooming area to adjust the size of the area.
Area
Stop Live View On the live view window of a zooming area, click in the upper right
corner to close the live view window.

Note
If you want to show the live view window of the zooming area again, you
need to click / on the toolbar of the main live view window, and the
area to a live view window.

Adjust Window Drag the live view windows to adjust their sequences.
Sequence

5.10 View Detected Event in Live View

The detected events, including ANPR events, face comparison events, access events, and passing
vehicle records can be displayed in real-time during live view. You can view the event details, filter
the events, and clear the events.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added devices and events.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Start the live view. See detailed instructions in Start Live View in Area Mode .
3. Click at the bottom of the client to show the event list.
4. Select All/Face Comparison/Access Control/Vehicle Record tab to view the corresponding event
information.

Figure 5-12 Event List

Face Comparison

34
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

A face comparison event refers to any event involving a camera with face recognition
capability.
Access Control
An access control event refers to any event involving an access point.
Vehicle Record
A vehicle record refers to any passing vehicle information captured by an ANPR camera.
5. Optional: Perform further operations.
View Event Click to view the event details.
Details
Add to List ● If the client recognizes a person that is not in the person list, you can
add the person to the face comparison group by clicking . See details
in View Detected and Matched Face in Live View .
● If the client recognizes a vehicle license plate that is not in the vehicle
list, you can add it to the vehicle list by clicking . See details in Add
Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List .
Forgive Anti- When a person attempts to use a card out of anti-passback rule's
Passback sequence, the access will be denied. This is called "Anti-Passback
Violation Violation". When anti-passback violation occurs, no entry is allowed
unless the anti-passback violation event is forgiven.
In the Access Control event list, you can forgive an anti-passback event
by clicking in the Operation column.
Search Access For visitor access events, click to go to Access Record Retrieval page
Records to search access records of the visitor by customizing searching
conditions.
Search Events For door events, click to go to Event & Alarm Search page to search
event by customizing searching conditions.
Subscribe All Face In the Face Comparison event list, check Subscribe All so that the current
Comparison Control Client can receive events from all the face comparison groups
Events and display the events in the event list.
Subscribe All In the Vehicle Records list, check Subscribe All so that the current
Vehicle Records Control Client can receive all passing vehicle records from ANPR cameras
and display the records in the list.
Filter Event Click to select the resource to filter the related event.
Clear Event Click to clear all the detected events.

5.11 Stop Live View

Stop the live view if needed.

35
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

You can perform the following steps to stop the live view.
Steps
1. Select the display window.
2. Click that appears in the upper-right corner when the mouse pointer is over the display
window. You can also click above the display window to stop the live view of all the display
windows.

5.12 More Functions

There are more other functions supported during the live view, including batch starting wipers,
opening auxiliary screen(s), etc.

Third-Party Integrated Resource

Click to control the third-party resource(s).
Batch Start Wipers
Click and select cameras to start wipers of the selected cameras in a batch. Click the button
again to stop their wipers in a batch.
Customize Live View and Playback Toolbar
Click → Video → Toolbar to customize the icons on the Live View and Playback toolbar.

Note
For details about the different functions of the icons, refer to Customize Icons on Live View
Window and Customize Icons on Playback Window .

Add to Favorites
Click to add the camera to Favorites. You can click Create Favorites to create a new Favorites.
Open Auxiliary Screen
Live video can be displayed on different auxiliary screens to monitor multiple scenes. Click
above the display window area to open an auxiliary screen. Up to 4 auxiliary screens for live view
are supported.

5.13 Customize Icons on Live View Window

You can customize the icons on the toolbar of the live view window, adjust the icon order, and
control whether to always show toolbar on the live view window or not.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Management → System .
2. Select Video → Toolbar .

36
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

3. In Live View Toolbar section, add or remove the icons to show or hide the icons on the live view
toolbar.
4. Drag the icons in the icon list to adjust the order.
Table 5-1 Icons on Live View Toolbar
Audio Control Turn off/​on the sound and adjust the volume.

Capture Take a snapshot of the current video and save it to the

current PC.

Note
After capturing a picture, a thumbnail will pop up on the
upper-right corner. You can click Search by Picture to
search the captured picture, archive, and identity
verification related with the captured picture.

Print Take a snapshot of the current video and print it.

Note
You can enter some descriptive information of the
picture to be printed.

Record Start manual recording. The video file will be stored in

local PC.
Instant Playback Switch to instant playback mode to view the recorded
video files.
Two-Way Audio Start two-way audio with the camera to get the real-​time
audio from the device to realize voice talk with the person
at the device.
Digital Zoom Zoom in or out the video for cameras that do not have
their own optical zoom capabilities. Click again to disable
the function.
PTZ Control Activate the PTZ icons on the image to pan, tilt, or zoom
the image.
Fisheye Expansion Available for fisheye camera. In the fisheye dewarping
mode, the Control Client will correct the video image and
reverse the effects of geometric distortions caused by the
fisheye camera lens. See View Dewarped Live View of
Fisheye Camera for details.
Camera Status Show the camera's recording status, signal status,
connection number, etc.

37
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Arming Control Open the arming control window of the camera to arm or
disarm the camera's event. The Control Client can receive
the armed events or alarms.
Switch Stream Type Switch the live view stream to main stream, sub-stream (if
supported), or smooth stream (if supported).

Note
The smooth stream will show if device supports. You can
switch to smooth stream when in low bandwidth
situation to make live view more fluent.

Display on Smart Wall Display the live video on the smart wall. See Manage
Smart Wall (Decoding Device) for details.
VCA Search Display the VCA Search window. You can set VCA rule to
search video files and filter the videos by VCA event
types. Refer to Search VCA Event Related Video for
details.
Alarm Output Display the Alarm Output Control page and turn on/​off
the alarm outputs of the connected camera. See Control
Alarm Output for details.
Add Tag Add a tag for the video footage in a selected time range
during live view. See More Functions for details.
Visual Tracking Track an individual (such as a suspect) across different
areas without losing sight of the individual. See User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client and Visual
Tracking for details.
Create Zooming Area Create zooming area(s) on the video image to view
detailed live view. See Create Zooming Area to View
Detailed Live View for details.
Create Dewarped Zooming Create dewardped zooming area(s) on the video image to
Area view detailed live view. See Create Zooming Area to View
Detailed Live View for details.
Search by Picture Search for the target person by the captured pictures. See
Search Captured Face Pictures and Related Videos for
details.
Manual Smart Linkage Locate or track the target appeared in the view of bullet
or box camera with a linked speed dome. See for details.

38
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

People Density Monitoring View people density data and real-​time statistics of
people amount. See View People Density in Live View for
details.
Broadcast Start broadcasting to the connected speaker units.
Video Enhancement Adjust the video image including brightness, saturation,
etc.

Note
The icons on the toolbar in the live view window vary with the device's capabilities.
5. Optional: Check Always Display Toolbar to always show the toolbar on the live view window.
6. Click Save.

39
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 6 Real-Time Temperature and People

Counting Monitoring
With people counting analysis function, you can monitor the people stayed in an area while
monitoring their features (including skin-surface temperature, wearing mask or not, similarity with
already-added persons, etc.).
On the Control Panel, click → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring → People Counting
Analysis .

Figure 6-1 Real-Time Temperature and People Counting Monitoring

Real-Time Temperature Screening

On the Monitoring page, after starting live view of a skin-surface screening point, you can view the
latest skin-surface temperature information on the right.
Persons with different features will be marked by different colors. Green color indicates the
detected person's skin-surface temperature is normal and the person is wearing a mask. Orange
indicates a person with normal skin-surface temperature wears no mask. Red indicates a person
with abnormal skin-surface temperature.
If there are persons whose skin-surface temperatures are abnormal, you will know at the first time.
Besides, you will be able to quickly locate the persons according to the displayed screening point
name.
Also, you can go to the People Counting Analysis page and drag the current camera's
corresponding people counting group to the live view area. In this way, you can monitor the people
counting data during live view.

40
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Real-Time People Counting

On the left, all the people counting groups are displayed. Drag one or more people counting group
to the live view area to show the real-time people counting data. The real-time people counting
data include people stayed and remaining entries of the monitored area, and whether more
people are allowed to enter.
Go to the Logical Resource page and start live view of skin-surface temperature screening
camera(s) that monitoring the same area with the above-mentioned people counting group. In this
way, while monitoring the people amount in the monitored area, you can view the live view of the
monitored area to get person information, including face picture, skin-surface temperature,
wearing mask or not, etc. The latest person information will be displayed on the right in thumbnail
format.
People Stayed
The amount of people who are currently inside the monitored area.
Remaining Capacity
The amount of people that can enter the monitored area. If the people stayed amount exceeds
the number set when adding a people counting group, no people will be allowed to enter, and
the green icon will turn to red for notification.

Edit Displayed Information

Hover the cursor on the people counting analysis window and click to correct stayed people
amount or edit descriptions and headlines.
● Correct People Amount: If the actual number of people stayed is different from the number

displayed on the Control Client, you can enter the right people amount in the Correct People
Number in Headline 01 field.
● Second Language: the Control Client supports displaying descriptions and headlines in two

languages. Besides English, you can enter the descriptions and headlines in another language to
display the information in two languages simultaneously.

41
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 7 Playback
You can view the recorded video files on the Monitoring module of the Control Client.

7.1 Normal Playback

You can search video files by area or camera for the Normal Playback and download found video
files to local PC. You can also add a tag to mark important video footage, and so on.

Note
● You can search video files by the time of the time zone where the device locates in, or by the
time of the time zone where the PC running the Control Client locates in.
● Automatically converting daylight saving time to standard time is supported, or vice versa.
● Synchronous playback or asynchronous playback of devices in different time zones are
supported.

7.1.1 Search Video File

You can search video files by camera, by area, or by time for normal playback. And you can also
filter the searched video files by recording type, tag type, target type and storage location.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Playback to enter the playback page.
3. Drag the camera or area to the display window, or double-click the camera or area to play the
recording of the specified camera(s) in selected window.

Note
The playback window supports up to 16 channels.
Today's recorded video files of the selected camera will be played.
4. Click on the toolbar to set the date and time.

Note
In the calendar, the date with video files will be marked with a triangle.
After selecting the date and time, the matched video files will start playing in the display
window.
5. Optional: Click on the toolbar to select recording type, tag type, target type and storage
location for playback.

42
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
To set the storage location for recording, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.

7.1.2 Play Video File

After searching the video files for the normal playback, you can play the video via timeline or
thumbnails.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Monitoring on the left navigation bar.
3. Click the Playback tab to enter the playback page.
4. Select a date with videos to start playing video and show the timeline after searching the video
files.

Note
The video files of different types are displayed in different colors on the timeline.
5. Play video in specified time period by timeline or thumbnails.
- Drag the timeline forward or backward to position the desired video segment.
- Move the cursor over the timeline to take a quick view of video thumbnails (if supported by
the device) and click the appearing thumbnail to play the specific video segment.

Note
● Click / on the right of the timeline bar, or use the mouse wheel to zoom in or zoom out
the timeline.
● Click / to show or hide the thumbnail bar.
● Move the cursor to the top border of the thumbnail bar and drag to adjust the height of the

thumbnails when the cursor changes into . You can also click to lock the thumbnail bar
above the playback timeline, and click to hide the thumbnail bar automatically.
6. Optional: Move the cursor to the lower edge of the playback window to access the icons for
further operations.

Note
For details, refer to Customize Icons on Playback Window .

7.2 Start Playback in View Mode

You can quickly access the playback of the cameras managed in a view.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added a view. For details, refer to Manage View .

43
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click View on the left navigation bar.
3. Click the Playback tab to enter the playback page.
4. Click a view to quickly start the playback of all the cameras related to the view.

Note
You can also quickly switch the added view from the drop-down view list above the display
windows.

7.3 Synchronous Playback

You can play the video files of different cameras synchronously. Synchronous playback allows you
to synchronize the display of video from multiple cameras.
Steps

Note
Video files from up to 16 cameras can be played simultaneously.
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Monitoring on the left navigation bar.
3. Click the Playback tab to enter the playback page.
4. Start normal playback of at least two cameras.

Note
For detailed configuration about normal playback and playback control, refer to Normal
Playback . Some icons may not be available for synchronous playback.
5. Click Synchronous Playback on the playback toolbar to enable the synchronous playback.
The cameras displayed in Playback will start synchronous playback.
6. Optional: Click Asynchronous Playback on the playback toolbar to disable synchronous
playback.
7. Optional: Move the cursor to the lower edge of the playback window to access the icons for
further operations.

Note
For details, refer to Customize Icons on Playback Window .

7.4 Fisheye Playback

Fisheye playback function allows you to play the fisheye camera's video in fisheye dewarping
mode. Fisheye dewarping mode refers to the process of perspective correction of an image, to

44
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

reverse the effects of geometric distortions caused by the fisheye camera lens. Dewarping allows
you to cover a wide area with a single device and have a normal view of an otherwise distorted or
reversed image.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Monitoring on the left navigation bar.
3. Click the Playback tab to enter the playback page.
4. Select a fisheye camera from the camera list to start playback.

Note
For detailed configuration about playback and playback control, refer to Normal Playback .
5. Move the cursor to the display window, and click on the appearing toolbar to enter the
fisheye dewarping mode.
6. Drag on the video to adjust the view angle.
7. Scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in or zoom out the view.

7.5 Create Zooming Area to View Detailed Playback

You can create a zooming area on the playback window (main window) and then the created area
will be displayed in a new window beside. After that, you can view the overall playback image in
the main window and view more detailed image of the created area in the new window.
Before You Start
You have added camera(s) to the Web Client. For details, refer to User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Monitoring on the left navigation bar.
3. Click the Playback tab to enter the playback page.
4. Select an camera from camera list.

Note
You can enter a key word (supports fuzzy search) in the search box to search the target
camera(s) quickly.
5. Drag or double click the selected camera to the display window to view playback.
6. Create a zooming area on the video to view detailed playback in a new window.
- For a normal camera, click and draw a rectangle on the video.

45
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 7-1 Zooming Area Window (Normal Camera)

Note
Up to 5 rectangles can be added.
- For a fisheye camera, click and draw a rectangle on the video.

Figure 7-2 Dewarped Zooming Area Window (Fisheye Camera)

Note
● Up to 8 rectangles can be added.
● For fisheye cameras, you can view the dewarped zooming image in the new playback
window.
Zooming area(s) you have created will be displayed in the new playback window(s).
7. Optional: Perform following operations according to your needs.
Add Zooming Put the cursor on the main playback window and draw a new rectangle as
Area desired.
Delete Zooming Move the cursor to a rectangle on the main playback window, and click
Area to delete the related zooming area.
Edit Zooming Move the cursor to a rectangle on the main playback window, and drag its
Area edge when the cursor turns to a double-headed arrow to adjust the size of
zooming area.

46
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Stop Playback On the zooming area window, click on the upper right corner to close
the playback window.

Note
If you want to show the zooming area window again, you should click /
on the toolbar of the main playback window, and then drag the
corresponding rectangle to a new playback window as desired.

Adjust Window Drag the playback windows to the desired locations to adjust their
Sequence sequences.

7.6 Customize Icons on Playback Window

You can customize the icons shown on the toolbar of the playback window, adjust the icon order
and set whether to always display toolbar on the playback window.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System to enter System
page.
2. Select Video → Toolbar .
3. In Playback Toolbar section, add or remove the icons to show or hide the icons on the live view
toolbar.
4. Customize playback toolbar.
- Click an icon in the list to add it to the gray frame below to hide the icon. Icons in the gray
frame will be hidden in the toolbar of the playback window.
- Click the icon in the gray frame to add it back to the playback toolbar to show an icon on the
toolbar.
5. Drag the icons in the icon list to adjust icon order.
Table 7-1 Icons on Playback Toolbar
Audio Control Turn off/​on the sound and adjust the volume.
Capture Take a snapshot of the current video and save in the
current PC.

Note
After capturing a picture, a thumbnail will pop up on the
upper-right corner. You can click Search by Picture to
search the captured picture, archive, and identity
verification related with the captured picture.

Print Take a snapshot of the current video and print it.

47
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
You can enter some descriptive information of the
picture to be printed.

Clip Clip the video files for current playback and save in the
current PC. You can save the clipped video as evidence,
and set the saving path for the clipped video files. For
details about saving video files as evidence and setting
saving path, see Manual Recording .
Add Tag Add custom tag for the video file to mark the important
video point. You can also edit the tag or go to the tag
position conveniently.
Lock Video Lock the video file and set the locking duration to avoid
deleting the video file and protect the video file from
being overwritten when the HDD is full.

Note
For the camera imported from Remote Site, if the video
files are stored on the encoding device locally, you
cannot lock the video files.

Digital Zoom Zoom in or out the video for cameras that do not have
their own optical zoom capabilities. Click again to disable
the function.

Note
When in software decoding mode, you can also capture
the zoomed in picture after enabling digital zoom
function.

Export Export the video files of the camera and save them to
your PC or connected USB device. You can also save the
video file as evidence, and set saving path for the video
files. For details about saving video files as evidence and
setting saving path, see Manual Recording .
Fisheye Expansion Available for fisheye camera for entering the fisheye
dewarping mode. See Fisheye Playback .
VCA Search Display the VCA Search window. You can set VCA rule to
search video files and filter the videos by VCA event
types, including VCA Search, Intrusion Detection, and Line

48
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Crossing Detection. Refer to Search VCA Event Related

Video for more details.
Camera Status Show the camera's recording status, signal status,
connection number, etc.
Stream Switch Switch the stream to main stream, sub-stream (if
supported), or smooth stream (if supported).
If the device supports transcoding playback, start
transcoding and you need to set the resolution, frame
rate and bitrate for transcoding.

Note
● The smooth stream will show if device supports. You
can switch to smooth stream when in low bandwidth
situation to make playback more fluent.
● Only video files stored in DVR and I-series NVR support
transcoding playback.

Display on Smart Wall Click to view the playback on smart wall. See Manage
Smart Wall (Decoding Device) for details.
Frame-​Extracting Playback Extract frames from the video and play the extracted
images (frames) one by one.
Visual Tracking Track an individual (such as a suspect) across different
areas without losing sight of the individual. See User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client and Visual
Tracking for details about setting and performing visual
tracking.
Create Zooming Area Create zooming area(s) on the video image to view
detailed playback. See Create Zooming Area to View
Detailed Playback for details.
Create Dewarped Zooming Create dewardped zooming area(s) on the video image to
Area view detailed playback. See Create Zooming Area to View
Detailed Playback for details.
Search by Picture Search for the target person by the captured pictures. See
Search Captured Face Pictures and Related Videos for
details.
Video Enhancement Adjust the video image including brightness, saturation,
etc.

49
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
The icons shown on the toolbar in the display window will vary with the device's capabilities.
6. Optional: Check Always Display Toolbar to always display the toolbar on the playback window.
7. Click Save to save the above settings.

50
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 8 Visual Tracking

Visual tracking allows you to track an individual (such as a suspect) across different areas without
losing sight of the individual.
You can perform visual tracking in both live view and playback. After entering the visual tracking
mode, icons of associated cameras will be overlaid on the video image. Each icon corresponds to
one adjacent camera that you can jump to.
For details about setting the camera's associated cameras for visual tracking, refer to the User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

8.1 Perform Visual Tracking in Live View

During live view, if the camera is configured with associated cameras for visual tracking, you can
easily track the individual appeared by accessing the live video of adjacent cameras directly.
Steps
1. Enter the Monitoring module.
2. Start live view of one camera which is configured with visual tracking.
3. On the live view toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode.
The live view of the current camera and the associated cameras will be displayed.
4. When the individual moves out of the camera's field of view, click the associated camera icon
representing a link to jump to the live view of the associated camera.

Figure 8-1 Visual Tracking in Live View

The live view of the associated camera will be displayed in the middle. Meanwhile, the live view
of the associated cameras (if configured) of this associated camera will show.
5. Optional: You can perform the following operations during visual tracking.
Stop Recording On the toolbar, click to stop recording video footage for the camera in
the middle.

51
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
By default, video recording automatically starts when entering visual
tracking.

Capture a On the toolbar, click to capture a picture for the camera in the middle.
Picture After capture, you can click Search by Picture to perform further search.
For searching captured picture, refer to Search Captured Face Pictures
and Related Videos .
For searching archive, refer to Archive Search .
For identity verification, refer to Identity Verification .
Show/Hide On the toolbar, click / to show or hide the icons of the associated
Camera Icon cameras.
Jump to Click ← Previous or Next → to jump to the live view of previous or next
Previous/Next camera.
Camera
6. Click Exit in the upper-right corner to exit the visual tracking mode.

Note
In the pop-up window, you can click OK to save the recorded video file. Click Cancel or to
discard the recorded video file and back to the live view window.

8.2 View Visual Tracking Video

During playback, if the camera is configured with associated cameras for visual tracking, you can
easily track the individual appeared by accessing the recorded video of adjacent cameras directly.
Steps
1. Enter the Monitoring module.
2. Start playback of the camera. Currently, you can access visual tracking during playback in the
following modules:
- In the Playback module, start playback of the camera which is configured with visual tracking
and recording schedule. For details about starting playback, refer to Playback .
- During live view, start instant playback of the camera which is configured with visual tracking
and recording schedule. For details about starting instant playback, refer to Live View .
- In the Video Search module, after searching the video footage of the camera which is
configured with visual tracking and recording schedule, start playing the videos. For details,
refer to Video Search .
- In the Alarm Center module, when checking the related video of the alarm source, start
playback of the camera which is configured with visual tracking and recording schedule. For
details, refer to Check Alarm and Event .

52
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

- In the Access Record Retrieval module, when checking the related video of the access point,
start playback of the camera which is configured with visual tracking and recording schedule.
For details, refer to Search Access Records .
3. On the playback toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode.
The recorded video of the current camera and the associated cameras will be displayed.
4. When the individual moves out of the camera's field of view, click the associated camera icon
representing a link to the next camera.

Figure 8-2 Visual Tracking in Playback

The recorded video of the associated camera will be displayed in the middle. Meanwhile, the
recorded video of the associated cameras of this associated camera will show.
5. Optional: You can perform the following operations during visual tracking.
Stop Clipping On the toolbar, click to stop clipping the video footage for the camera in
the middle.

Note
By default, video clipping automatically starts when entering visual
tracking.

Capture a On the toolbar, click to capture a picture for the camera in the middle.
Picture After capture, you can click Search by Picture to perform further search.
For searching captured picture, refer to Search Captured Face Pictures and
Related Videos .
For searching archive, refer to Archive Search .
For identity verification, refer to Identity Verification .
Show/Hide On the toolbar, click / to show or hide the icons of the associated
Camera Icon cameras.
Jump to Click ← Previous or Next → to jump to the playback of previous or next
Previous/Next camera.
Camera

53
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

6. Click Exit in the upper-right corner to exit the visual tracking mode.

Note
In the pop-up window, you can click OK to save the clipped video file. Click Cancel or to
discard the clipped video file and back to the playback window.

54
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 9 Manage Favorites

You can add and manage Favorites on the client. For camera(s) added to the Favorites, you can
quickly view the live view or start the playback.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added camera(s) to area(s). Refer to the User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client for details.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Favorites on the left navigation bar.

Note
In the Favorites list, two default root Favorites (Favorites and Favorites Shared by Others) are
displayed. You can click to view the sub Favorites and cameras added in these two root
Favorites.
3. Select a parent Favorites.

Note
You can either select the root Favorites or the sub Favorites added under the root one.
4. Add a Favorites under the parent Favorites.
1) Click .
2) Enter the name for Favorites.
3) Optional: Select a parent node from the drop-down list.
4) Add camera(s) to Favorites.
5) Click Save.

Note
Up to 5 levels of Favorites can be added.
5. Optional: Perform the following operations.
Edit Favorites Select a Favorites, and there are two methods to edit its name and add
more camera(s) to it if needed.
● Click on the top of the Favorites list.
● Click → Edit on the right side of Favorites' name.
Share Select a Favorites, and there are two methods to share it with others.
Favorites ● Click on the top of the Favorites list, select the user(s) to share the
Favorites with, and click Save.
● Click → Share on the right side of Favorites' name.

55
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For details about adding user(s), refer to the User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.

Delete Select a Favorites, and there are two methods to delete it.
Favorites ● Click on the top of the Favorites list, and click OK.
● Click → Delete on the right side of Favorites' name.
View Live ● When in Live View window, select a Favorites, and click → Play All to
View/ start viewing the live view of all the camera(s) added in Favorites.
Playback of All ● When in Playback window, select a Favorites, and click → Play All to
Cameras start viewing the playback of all the camera(s) added in Favorites.
Search Camera Enter keywords in the search box above the Favorites list to search for the
in Favorites target camera(s) or Favorites.
Delete Camera Select a camera in Favorites, and click to delete it.
in Favorites

56
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 10 Add Web Page to Display Window

During the live view and video playback or when customizing the Control Panel, you can add web
page(s) to a display window to view the online news, log into HikCentral Professional Web Client,
etc.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .

Note
For adding a web page when customizing the Control Panel, refer to Customize Control Panel .
2. Click Add Web Page Window on the left navigation bar.
3. In the Web Page window, enter the web site in the address bar.
4. Press the Enter key to enter the corresponding web page.
5. Browse the contents on the web page.
6. Optional: Perform the following operations.
Add More Web Click Add Web Page Window on the navigation bar to add more web
Page page(s).

Note
Up to 64 web pages can be added.

Refresh Web Click to refresh the web page if needed.

Page
Add Web Page to Click → Add to Favorites , enter the name for Favorites, and click Add
Favorites to add the current web page to Favorites.

Note
You can check Set as Default Web Page to set the current web page as a
default web page, and then when you add a new web page the next time,
the default web page will pop up.

Adjust Web Page Click a web page, move the cursor to the boundary of the web page, drag
Size the cursor when it turns to double arrow to adjust the size of web page.
Close Web Page Click to close the current web page.

57
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 11 Customize Intelligent Monitoring

Contents
Intelligent Monitoring displays the real-time captured pictures (of faces, human bodies, and
vehicles) and the real-time events triggered by vehicles and persons. You can customize the
contents to be displayed on this page.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added smart cameras and DeepinMind servers to the Web Client. For details,
refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the upper-left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Intelligent
Monitoring to enter the Intelligent Monitoring page.
2. Click Set in the upper-right corner to show the Settings Panel.
3. Click Display Settings, and configure the related parameters.
Captured Object
Select Face and/or Human Body and/or Vehicle as captured object(s).
Event Settings
Events Triggered by Persons
Switch on Events Triggered by Persons, and select the event types such as Captured Face
and Matched Face.

Note
When selecting Matched Face as the event type, you should select one or more face
comparison groups from the list below. For details about adding face comparison groups,
refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Events Triggered by Vehicles
Switch on Events Triggered by Vehicles, and select the event types including Vehicle
Matched and Vehicle Mismatched.

Note
When selecting Vehicle Matched as the event type, you should select one or more vehicle
lists. For details about adding vehicle lists, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.
Pop-up Window
Switch on Pop-up Window, and select the needed condition(s) to enable pop-up
notifications. For example, if you check Abnormal Temperature, a window will pop up in

58
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

the middle of the Intelligent Monitoring page when the device detects a person with
abnormal temperature.
4. Click Feature Display, and configure the related parameters.
Person Features
Select what person feature(s) will be displayed in capture details. You can select up to 6
features (including features of human face and human body).
Vehicle Features
Select what vehicle feature(s) will be displayed in capture details. You can select up to 3
features.
5. Optional: Click Monitoring Area → , and select the specific camera(s) from the list to view the
captured pictures and events of the selected camera(s).

Note
● By default, all resources are selected.
● You can also view the live view of the corresponding camera(s) in Live View.

Figure 11-1 Live View

6. Click Save to save the above settings.
You can view the real-time Today's Statistics on the top of the page, view the real-time captured
pictures of persons and vehicles (if configured) on the left side of page, and view the person-
triggered events and vehicle-triggered events (if configured) on the right side of the page.

59
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
The rule of counting Today's Statistics is as follows: Once there is a face, a human body, or a
vehicle captured by the cameras, the number of faces, human bodies, and vehicles adds 1 in the
platform. The same applies to the four types of events (Face Match Event, License Plate
Matched, Frequently Appeared Persons, and Intelligent Cameras). Once a certain event is
triggered, its number adds 1 in the platform.
7. Optional: Click a captured picture of a person or a vehicle to view its details (such as camera
name and captured time), and perform more operations.
Table 11-1 Person Details
Operation Function
Add Person Add the person to the person list. For details,
refer to Add Mismatched Person to Person
Group .
Search by Picture Search for the person in the captured pictures.
For details, refer to Search Face Pictures by
Picture .
Related Captures Search for the related captures and videos. For
details, refer to Search Captured Face Pictures
and Related Videos .
More → Archive Search Search for the archive of the current face
picture. For details, refer to Archive Search .
More → Identity Verification → To be Verify the person's identity. For details, refer to
Verified Identity Verification .
More → Identity Verification → Target Set the person as a comparison target. For
details, refer to Identity Verification .
More → Download Download the pictures and videos. For details,
refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .
Table 11-2 Vehicle Details
Operation Function
License Plate Retrieval Search for vehicle passing records via the
license plate number. For details, refer to
Search for Vehicle Passing Records .
Download Download the pictures and videos. For details,
refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .
8. Optional: Click an event triggered by persons or vehicles to view its details (such as camera and
capture time), and perform more operations.

60
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Refer to the previous step for details.
9. Optional: Click in the upper-right corner to view the real-time captured pictures and events
on an auxiliary screen.

61
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 12 Video Search

The video files stored on local devices or Recording Server can be searched.

12.1 Search Video Footages by Time Range

You can search video footages by time range. Before search, you can configure the video
segmentation settings to segment the matched video footage if the original video footage lasts too
long. The segmented video files are shorter in terms of duration, which makes it easier for locating
specific video information such as a recorded criminal incident. After search, you can export the
matched video files to the local PC, and save them as evidence to the SFTP server.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Video
Search .
2. Click Search Video Footage on the left.
3. Select Time Range as the search type.
4. Set the time period for search in Time field.
- Select the predefined time period in the drop-down list.
- Select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for the search.
5. Select cameras.
1) Click in the camera panel.
2) Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its cameras.
3) Check one or multiple cameras.
4) Click outside of the list to confirm.

Note
● Up to 16 resources can be selected for search at one time.

● The icon and represent the current site and remote site respectively.
6. Optional: Move the cursor to the selected camera and click to switch the stream type and
storage location among Main Stream/Main Storage, Sub Stream/Main Storage, Main Stream/
Auxiliary Storage, or Sub Stream/Auxiliary Storage.

Note
You can move the cursor to and batch switch the search condition, including stream type and
storage location on the current/remote site. If the configured stream type or the storage
location is not supported, it will not take effect.
7. Optional: Switch on Target Type and select the target type(s) as needed.
8. Optional: Switch on Video Segmentation to segment the matched video footage of each
selected camera.
Segment

62
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Set the number of video clips for equally segmenting the video footage of each selected
camera. For example, if you set the segment value to 5, the matched video footage of each
selected camera will be divided into 5 segments, each of which equals in terms of time
duration.
Interval (s)
The matched video footage of each selected camera will be segmented into video clips by the
duration (unit: second) you set. For example, if you set 60 seconds as the duration for video
segmentation, the matched video footage of each camera will be segmented into clips which
last 60 seconds each.
Interval (min)
The matched video footage of each selected camera will be segmented into video clips by the
duration (unit: minute) you set. For example, if you set 2 minutes as the duration for video
segmentation, the matched video footage of each camera will be segmented into clips which
last 2 minutes.

Note
A few clip(s) may last less than the duration you set.
9. Click Search to find the related video footage.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. You can switch between
thumbnail and list mode to view.
10. Optional: Segment the matched video footage of a specific camera if the video footage is still
too long for locating the target video information.
1)Click to display the matched video footage in thumbnail mode, and then hover the cursor
onto the thumbnail to show the Video Segmentation window.
2)Hover the cursor onto the Video Segmentation window.
The field for setting the number of the segmented parts will be displayed.

63
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 12-1 Segment Matched Video Footage of a Specific Camera

3)Set the number of the segmented parts of the video footage, and then click Video
Segmentation to segment the footage.

Note
You can segment the video footage to up to 100 parts.
11. Optional: Start remote playback of the searched video footage.
- For list mode, click the item in Time Range column.
- For thumbnail mode, click the image of the found result.

Play the previous video footage among the searched results.

Play the next video footage among the searched results.

Play in Order
After playing the current video footage, continue to play the next one automatically.

Note
● Refer to Normal Playback for more details about playback.

● On the playback toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode. For details, refer to View
Visual Tracking Video .
12. Optional: Export the matched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click on the toolbar to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)Optional: For downloading single video footage, set the time range of the video footage to
download.

64
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

2)Set the file format of the exported file.

MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video footage for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video footage in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player when exporting video footage.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other players also support playing the video footage in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player when exporting the video
footage.
EXE
Package the video footage with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage
of one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double-click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video footage of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to export their video footage in EXE format for one time.
3)Optional: If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB of video footage can be merged.
4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the exported video footage.
6)Click Export to add the exporting task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the exporting tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

12.2 Search Tagged Video Footages

You can search for the camera's tagged video footage. After search, you can export the matched
video footage to the local PC and save the video footage as evidence to the SFTP server.

65
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Steps

Note
For adding tag to the video file, refer to Play Video File .
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Video
Search .
2. Click Search Video Footage on the left.
3. Select Tag as the search type.
4. Set the time period for search in Time field.
- Select the predefined time period in the drop-down list.
- Select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for the search.
5. Select cameras.
1) Click in the camera panel.
2) Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its cameras.
3) Check one or multiple cameras.
4) Click outside of the list to confirm.

Note
● Up to 16 resources can be selected for search at the same time.

● The icon and represent the current site and remote site respectively.
6. Optional: Move the cursor to the selected camera and click to switch the stream type and
storage location among Main Stream/Main Storage, Sub Stream/Main Storage, Main Stream/
Auxiliary Storage, or Sub Stream/Auxiliary Storage.

Note
You can move the cursor to and batch switch the search condition, including stream type and
storage location on the current/remote site. If the configured stream type or the storage
location is not supported, it will not take effect.
7. Select the tag type.
Manually Added Tag
The custom tag which is added during video playback.
Event Triggered Tag
The tag which is created when a certain event happens.

Note
Before selecting this tag type, you should have configured the linkage action (creating tag) for
certain events. For details, refer to the user manual of the Web Client.
8. Optional: Enter a keyword of the tag name.
9. Click Search to find the related video footage.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. You can switch between
thumbnail and list mode to view.

66
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

10. Optional: Start remote playback of the searched video footage.

- For list mode, click the item in Time Range column.
- For thumbnail mode, click the image of the found result.

Play the previous video footage among the searched results.

Play the next video footage among the searched results.

Play in Order
After playing the current video footage, continue to play the next one automatically.

Note
● Refer to Normal Playback for more details about playback.

● On the playback toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode. For details, refer to View
Visual Tracking Video .
11. Optional: Export the found video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)Optional: For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage for
export.
2)Set the file format of the exported file.
MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video footage for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video footage in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player when exporting video footage.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other players also support playing the video footage in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player when exporting the video
footage.
EXE
Package the video footage with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage
of one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double-click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video footage of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to export their video footage in EXE format for one time.
3)Optional: If you select MP4 or AVI as the format, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

67
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Up to 2 GB of video footage can be merged.
4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the exported video footage.
6)Click Export to add the exporting task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the exporting tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

12.3 Search Locked Video Footages

You can search for the camera's locked video footage. After search, you can export the matched
video footage to the local PC and save the video footage as evidence to the SFTP server.
Steps

Note
For locking the video file, refer to Normal Playback .
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Video
Search .
2. Click Search Video Footage on the left.
3. Select Locked as the search type.
4. Set the time period for search in Time field.
- Select the predefined time period in the drop-down list.
- Select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for search.
5. Select cameras.
1) Click in the camera panel.
2) Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its cameras.
3) Check one or multiple cameras.
4) Click outside of the list to confirm.

Note
● Up to 16 resources can be selected for search at the same time.
● The icon and represent the current site and remote site respectively.

68
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

6. Optional: Move the cursor to the selected camera and click to switch the stream type and
storage location among Main Stream/Main Storage, Sub Stream/Main Storage, Main Stream/
Auxiliary Storage, or Sub Stream/Auxiliary Storage.

Note
You can move the cursor to and batch switch the search condition, including stream type and
storage location on the current/remote site. If the configured stream type or the storage
location is not supported, it will not take effect.
7. Click Search to find the related video footage.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. You can switch between
thumbnail and list mode to view.
8. Optional: Start remote playback of the searched video footage.
- For list mode, click the item in Time Range column.
- For thumbnail mode, click the image of the searched result.

Play the previous video footage among the searched results.

Play the next video footage among the searched results.

Play in Order
After playing the current video footage, continue to play the next one automatically.

Note
● Refer to Normal Playback for more details about playback.

● On the playback toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode. For details, refer to View
Visual Tracking Video .
9. Optional: Export the found video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export at the upper-right side to export all the selected
video footage.
1) Optional: For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage for
export.
2) Set the file format of the exported file.
MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video footage for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video footage in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player when exporting the video footage.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other players also support playing the video footage in AVI format.

69
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player when exporting the video
footage.
EXE
Package the video footage with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage
of one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After exporting, double-click the EXE file, and then the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video footage of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to export their video footage in EXE format for one time.
3) Optional: If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB of video footage can be merged.
4) Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5) Set the saving path to store the exported video footage.
6) Click Export to add the exporting task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the exporting tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

12.4 Search Video/Picture/Audio Stored on Dock Station

The dock station is a data collector which can automatically detect and back up law-enforcement
data and evidence data (including video footage, pictures, and audio files) from body camera(s)
connected to it. You can search these data via the Control Client. After search, you can lock and
unlock the matched data.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added dock station(s) to the platform. For details, see the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Home page, select → Investigation → Video Search .
2. Click Search Video on Device on the left side of the page to enter the Search Video on
Device page.

70
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

3. Select Dock Station as the search type.

4. Set the time period for search in Time field.
- Select the predefined time period in the drop-down list.
- Select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for the search.
5. Select dock station group(s).

Note
Dock station group is a group of persons (usually police officers). Only when the persons are
added to the dock station, can the data in their body cameras be backed up to the dock station.
For selecting dock station group(s) in this step, when a dock station group is selected, the data
backed up from the body camera(s) of the persons in the selected dock station group will be
searched.
6. Select a file type from the File drop-down list.
7. Click Search.
The matched video files, audio files, and pictures will be displayed by person. You can display the
result in thumbnail mode or list mode.
8. Click the matched file to play the video/audio file or view the picture.
9. Optional: Perform the following operations.
Export Single After opening the matched file, click and then set the required
File to Local PC information to export it to the local PC.

Note
For details about the required information for exporting, see Search Video
Footages by Time Range .

Batch Export Select the matched files, click Export and then set the required information
Files to Local for exporting to export the files to local PC.
PC
Note
For details about the required information for exporting, see Search Video
Footages by Time Range

Lock File After opening the matched file, click to lock the file in order to prevent it
from being overwritten, modified or deleted.

12.5 Search Transaction Event Triggered Video Footage

You can search for the video footage triggered by transaction event which contains POS
information. After search, you can export the matched video footage to the local PC or save it as
evidence to the SFTP server.

71
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Video
Search .
2. Click Search Video on Device on the left.
3. Select Transaction Event as the search type.
4. Set the time period for search in Time field.
- Select the predefined time period in the drop-down list.
- Select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for the search.
5. Enter the keywords that are contained in the POS information.

Note
● You can enter up to three keywords, and you should separate each one with a comma.

● If you enter more than one keyword for search, you can select "|" to search the POS

information containing any of the keywords, or select "&" to search the POS information
containing all keywords.
6. Optional: Select Case Sensitive to search the POS information with case-sensitivity.
7. Select the device and camera in the Camera field to search the transaction information.
8. Optional: Select a camera, move the cursor to and click it to switch the stream type and
storage location among Main Stream/Main Storage, Sub Stream/Main Storage, Main Stream/
Auxiliary Storage, or Sub Stream/Auxiliary Storage.

Note
You can move the cursor to and batch switch the search condition, including stream type and
storage location on the current/remote site. If the configured stream type or the storage
location is not supported, it will not take effect.
9. Click Search to find the related video footage.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. You can switch between
thumbnail and list mode to view.
10. Optional: Start remote playback of the searched video footage.
- For list mode, click the item in Time Range column.
- For thumbnail mode, click the image of the searched result.

Play the previous video footage among the searched results.

Play the next video footage among the searched results.

Play in Order
After playing the current video footage, continue to play the next one automatically.

72
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
● Refer to Normal Playback for more details about playback.

● On the playback toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode. For details, refer to View
Visual Tracking Video .
11. Optional: Export the searched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)Optional: For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage for
export.
2)Set the file format of the exported file.
MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video file for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video files in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other player also supports playing the video files in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
EXE
Package the video files with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage of
one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video files of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to download in EXE format for one time.
3)Optional: If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB of files can be merged.
4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the exported video files.
6)Click Export to add the downloading task to the download center.

73
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

12.6 Search ATM Event Triggered Video Footage

You can search for the video footage triggered by ATM event, such as transactions and other
operations on the ATM. After search, you can save the matched video footage to the local PC and
save it as evidence to the SFTP server.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Video
Search .
2. Click Search Video on Device on the left.
3. Select the search type as ATM Event.
4. Set the time period for search in Time field.
- Select the predefined time period in the drop-down list.
- Select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for the search.
5. Enter the card number that is contained in the ATM information.
6. Select the device and camera to search the ATM information in the Camera field.
7. Optional: Select a camera, move the cursor to and click it to switch the stream type and
storage location among Main Stream/Main Storage, Sub Stream/Main Storage, Main Stream/
Auxiliary Storage, or Sub Stream/Auxiliary Storage.

Note
You can move the cursor to and batch switch the search condition, including stream type and
storage location on the current/remote site. If the configured stream type or the storage
location is not supported, it will not take effect.
8. Click Search.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. You can switch between
thumbnail mode and list mode to view.
9. Optional: Start remote playback of the searched video footage.
- For list mode, click the item in Time Range column.
- For thumbnail mode, click the image of the searched result.

Play the previous video footage among the searched results.

Play the next video footage among the searched results.

Play in Order
After playing the current video footage, continue to play the next one automatically.

74
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
● Refer to Normal Playback for more details about playback.

● On the playback toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode. For details, refer to View
Visual Tracking Video .
10. Optional: Download the matched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to download the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)Optional: For downloading single video footage, set the time range of the video footage to
download.
2)Set the file format of the downloaded file.
MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video file for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video files in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other player also supports playing the video files in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
EXE
Package the video files with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage of
one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video files of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to download in EXE format for one time.
3)Optional: If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB of files can be merged.
4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the downloaded video files.
6)Click Export to add the downloading task to the download center.

75
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

12.7 Search VCA Event Related Video

You can search video files where VCA events occur. And you can play or download the found video
files. The VCA events include motion detection, intrusion, and line crossing.
Steps

Note
● This function should be supported by the device.
● Video files stored on a Hybrid Storage Area Network do not support VCA event search.

1. Access the VCA Event search page and three ways are selectable.
Access from Live a. Enter the Live View page, and start the live view of the camera (refer to
View Page Start Live View in Area Mode .
b. Move the cursor to the display window and click to pop up the VCA
Event search page.
Access from a. Enter the Playback page, and start playback of the camera (refer to
Playback Page Normal Playback ).
b. Move the cursor to the display window and click to pop up the VCA
Event search page.
Access from VCA In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Investigation → Video
Search Page Search → VCA Search .
2. Set the time period for search in Time field.
- Select the predefined time period in the drop-down list.
- Select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for the search.
3. Select the site (current site or Remote Site) and then select the camera to search the video
where the VCA event occurs.

Note
Perform this step when you access the VCA Event search page from the Video Search module.
4. Select the VCA type, and draw the detection region or line for search.
- Dynamic Analysis: Drag the cursor on the video image to set the grid rectangle as the
detection region for searching the video footage of the motion detection events that occurred
within the region.
- Line Crossing: Drag the cursor on the video image to set the detection line for searching the
video footage of the line crossing events that occurred on the line.

76
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

- Intrusion Detection: Drag the cursor on the video image to draw the vertex(es) of the
detection region and then right-click to finish drawing. The settings is for searching the video
footage of the intrusion events that occurred within the region.
5. Optional: Click to delete the drawn region or line.
6. Adjust the sensitivity for detecting the event.

Note
The larger the sensitivity is, the more sensitive the detection is.
7. Click Search to find the related video footage.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. You can switch between
thumbnail and list mode to view.
8. Optional: Start remote playback of the searched video footage.
- For list mode, click the item in Time Range column.
- For thumbnail mode, click the image of the searched result.

Play the previous video footage among the searched results.

Play the next video footage among the searched results.

Play in Order
After playing the current video footage, continue to play the next one automatically.

Note
● Refer to Normal Playback for more details about playback.

● On the playback toolbar, click to enter the visual tracking mode. For details, refer to View
Visual Tracking Video .
9. Optional: Download the searched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1) Optional: For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage to
export.
2) Set the file format of the exported file.
MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video file for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video files in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other player also supports playing the video files in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.

77
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

EXE
Package the video files with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage of
one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video files of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to download in EXE format for one time.
3) Optional: If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB of files can be merged.
4) Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5) Set the saving path to store the exported video files.
6) Click Export to add the downloading task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

78
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 13 Manage Downloading Tasks

You can view the ongoing or completed downloading task information and manage all the tasks
(e.g., video downloading, vehicle information downloading), such as starting, stopping, deleting
and so on, in the Download Center.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Management → Download
Center .

Figure 13-1 Download Center

2. Check the download tasks.
Check Downloading Click the Downloading tab to check the downloading tasks.
Task
Check Uploading Task Click the Uploading tab to check the evidence which is being
uploaded to the SFTP (Secure File Transfer Protocol).

Note
For details about saving video footage as evidence, see Manage
Evidence .

Check Complete Task Click the Complete tab to check the completed tasks.
3. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) for the tasks.
Pause Downloading Click to stop an ongoing downloading task or click Stop All to
stop all tasks.
Resume Click to resume the downloading, or click Start All to resume all
Downloading the paused tasks.
Arrange Time for You can arrange an off-peak time period to automatically download
Auto-download files to avoid network congestion under low network bandwidth.

79
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

a. Click the Downloading tab.

b. Check Select Period to select one or more time periods and
customize the corresponding time period for automatically
downloading.
Delete Downloading Select a task and then click to remove the downloading task, or click
Task Delete All to delete all the downloading records.
For complete downloading task, you can also select to delete the
downloaded video files.
View Downloaded For complete downloading task, click in Operation column to view
Video the downloaded video files.
Select Saving Path For complete downloading task, select one or multiple tasks and then
for the Video File click Save As and select the saving path for the video files.
4. Optional: Click Download Player to download the player to your PC for playing the downloaded
video files.

80
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 14 Map Management

After properly configuring the map settings via the Web Client and enabling the map function on
Monitoring module, you can view and manage the map, such as zooming in or zooming out the
map, locating the resources on the map. You can view and operate the added resources on the
map, such as getting the live view and playback of the cameras, UVSSs, and doors, setting the
arming control for cameras, alarm inputs, UVSSs, and doors, and so on.

Note
● If the GIS map doesn't show properly, all the current site's and Remote Site's E-map thumbnails
are displayed. Click one E-map to view details.
● If you enable the GIS map function of the Central System via Web Client, you enter the
configured GIS map. All the current site's and Remote Site's E-map thumbnails are displayed
under the GIS map. Click one E-map to view details.

14.1 Operate Hot Spot

The resources (including cameras, alarm inputs, alarm outputs, access points, elevators, radars,
UVSS, and digital signage) added on the map are called the hot spots. The hot spots show the
locations of the resources. You can operate the hot spot, such as starting live view of the camera,
UVSS, and door, arming or disarming the resources.

14.1.1 Preview Hot Spot

You can view locations of hot spots including cameras, alarm inputs, alarm outputs, access points,
elevators, radars, sites, Under Vehicle Surveillance Systems (UVSS), etc. on the map. Also, you can
set the arming control and view history alarms of surveillance scenarios through the hot spots.
Before You Start
Configure the map settings via the Web Client. For details, see User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Select an area on the left, and double-click .
3. Optional: Perform the following operations on the map.
Filter Resource on Map Click and check resource type(s) as desired.
Select Multiple Resources Click and draw a rectangle on the map to select multiple
resources.

81
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Drag Resource(s) on Map Select one or multiple resources on map and drag it/them to the
to Display display window in Live View or Playback.
Real-Time Display of Face Click Live View and select the item(s) to display real-time related
Comparison/Access captured face picture, access event, and vehicle list on the map.
Control/Vehicle List
More Tools : Add a label on map.
: Capture a picture.
: Print the current map.
2D/3D: Switch the displaying dimension of the map.

: Search hot spot or location on the map.

Display Map on Smart Click to display the map on smart wall. For details, see Display
Wall Map on Smart Wall .
4. Click the hot spot to open the dialog which displays its related functions.

Note
● If there is an alarm triggered on the hot spot, the hot spot icon will turn into red alarm mode

. Click the red icon, and you can view the detailed alarm information.
● Click parking lot data, a panel of parking lot details will pop-up. You can view detailed parking

lot information such as parking space occupacy rate and parking floor details.
5. Operate in the dialog.
- For camera and UVSS hot spot: Check the live view and playback of the camera, view its
status, area, and remark, set the arming control, and view the history alarms.

Note
● To view the live view and playback of the camera, the user should be assigned with

permissions of live view and playback of the camera. For details, refer to the User Manual
of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
● For details about arming control, see Arm or Disarm Hot Spot .

● For details about viewing history alarms, see View History Alarm .

- For alarm input hot spot: View its status, area, and remark, set the arming control, and view
the history alarms.
- For alarm output hot spot: Turn on or off the linked alarm output.
- For access point hot spot: View the access point status, check the live view and playback of
the access point's related camera(s), view the access point's basic information, control the
door status, set the arming control, and view the history alarms and access records.
- For elevator hot spot: View the elevator status, area and remark, check the live view and
playback of the elevator's related camera(s), control the floor status, set the arming control,
and view the history alarms and access records.
- For radar hot spot: View the radar status, area and remark, check the live view and playback
of the radar's related camera(s), set the arming control, view the history alarms.

82
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

- For radar PTZ camera hot spot: View camera's field of view and view the object's moving
pattern.
- For site hot spot: View the site's resources and alarms which are not handled.
- For partition hot spot: Set the arming control including alarm clearing, disarming, away
arming, stay arming, instant arming. For details, refer to Arm or Disarm Hot Spot .
- For parking lot hot spot: Click a certain floor and you will go to the paking lot management
module so you can view the details of the the parking floor in the parking lot.
Hover your cursor on a parking lot, you can view the details of the parking lot. If nothing
appears, you can click Configure Now to configure the parking lot.

14.1.2 Arm or Disarm Hot Spot

You can arm or disarm the hot spots via the arming control function. After arming the device, the
current Control Client can receive the triggered alarm information from the hot spot.
Before You Start
Configure the map settings via the Web Client. For details, see User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Select Map on the top left to display the map(s) of an area.
3. Optional: If an area has multiple maps, click to select a map.
4. Click the hot spot.
A window on which the related functions of the hot spot display is opened.
5. Click Arm/Disarm to arm/disarm the hot spot.

14.1.3 View History Alarm

When an alarm is triggered, it will be recorded in the system. You can check the history log related
to an alarm, including the alarm source details, alarm category, alarm triggered time, etc.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click the hot spot.
A dialog pops up on which the related functions of the hot spot display.
3. Click to enter the event and alarm search page.
4. Search history alarms of the hot spot. See Search Event and Alarm Logs for details.

14.1.4 Broadcast via Hot Spot

You can broadcast via hot spot through real-time speaking or playing the saved audio files.

83
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Before You Start

Make sure you have added broadcast resources on the map.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Home page, select → All Modules → Map → Map Monitoring .
2. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
3. Select an area on the left, and double-click .
4. Optional: Click By Speaker Unit.
5. Select the speaker unit(s) for broadcast.

Note
You should select the online speaker unit(s).
- Check Group, and select one or more speaker units from speaker unit group(s).

Note
You can click Display Speaker Units Not Grouped to display the speaker unit(s) that are not
grouped.
- Check Area, and select one or more speaker units from the area(s) where the speaker units
are added.
6. Select Speak or Play Audio as the broadcast mode.

Note
Speak
Speak in real-time, and the audio will be recorded and uploaded to the server.
Play Audio
Play the files saved in the server.
7. Optional: If you select Play Audio as the adding mode, you can search or select a desired audio
file to play.

Note
Click Download to download a selected audio file. The speed of playing the audio file will be
faster if you downloaded them.
8. Click Start.
9. Optional: Click By Device.
10. Select an existing device group or click to add a device group if needed, and then click Add
to select the device(s) to broadcast to.
11. Start or stop broadcasting.
Start All Click Start All to start broadcasting to the selected device(s).

84
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
You can view the real-time broadcast status.

Stop All Click Stop All to stop broadcasting to the selected device(s).

14.2 Preview Hot Region

The hot region function links a map to another map. When you add a map to another map as a hot
region, an icon of the link to the added map is shown on the main map. The added map is called
child map while the map to which you add the hot region is the parent map.
Before You Start
Configure the map settings via the Web Client. For details, see User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click Select Map on the top left to display the map(s) of an area.
3. Optional: If an area has multiple maps, click a map to select it.
4. Click a hot region on the map to enter the map of the hot region.

14.3 Preview Resource Group

During displaying map, you can view locations and regions of the resource groups, including people
counting group, multi-door interlocking group, and anti-passback group. You can also perform
further operations on the resources in the group.

Note
Make sure you have configured the required resource group and map settings via the Web Client.
For details, see User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

Enter the Monitoring module and display the map. You can locate the resource group and view
related alarms on the map.
● People Counting Group: You can view the real-time number of people entered, exited the region,

or stayed in the region. Meanwhile, when an alarm is triggered in the region (such as people
amount more/less than threshold), the region of the group will be highlighted on the map to
notify the user on the Control Client.
● Pathway Analysis Group: You can view the real-time number of people walking by in the

Monitoring module on the Control Client.

● Anti-Passback Group: When an anti-passback alarm is triggered by the doors in the group, the

region of the group will be highlighted on the map and you can view the real-time alarms
triggered in the region in the Monitoring module on the Control Client.

85
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

● Multi-Door Interlocking Group: When multi-door interlocking alarm is triggered by the doors in
the group, the region of the group will be highlighted on the map and you can view the real-time
alarms triggered in the region in the Monitoring module on the Control Client.
● Entry & Exit Counting Group: You can view the real-time number of people entered, exited the
region, or stayed in the region in the Monitoring module on the Control Client. Meanwhile,
when an alarm is triggered in the region (such as people amount more/less than threshold), the
client will notify the user by highlighting the region on the map.

14.4 View Remote Site Alarm

If you have added a remote site on a GIS map, you can view the information of alarms triggered on
the remote site. Even if there is no alarm triggered at the current time, you can also view history
alarms of the site.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added a remote site on the GIS map. See User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client for details.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Optional: Select an area on the left to show its GIS map.
3. Click the site icon to open the site details page.

Note
If there are unhandled alarms triggered in the remote site, the number of unhandled alarms will
be displayed on the upper right of the site icon.

Figure 14-1 Site Details

The color of site icon will turn blue.
4. Click View Unhandled Alarm to open the Unhandled Alarm window.

86
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Alarm information including alarm name, alarm priority, triggering time, alarm source, etc. is
displayed.
5. Optional: Perform the following operation(s).
Filter Alarm by Priority Click on the Alarm Priority column to filter alarms by alarm
priority.
Filter Alarm by Status Click on the Alarm Status column to filter alarms by alarm status.

14.5 Operate Map

After opening map, you can perform one or more operations of the followings, such as zooming in
or out map, selecting resource(s) on map, adding label, printing map, displaying map in full screen
mode, and so on.After opening map, you can perform one or more operations of the followings,
such as zooming in or out map, adding label, displaying map in full screen mode, and so on.
Zoom in/Zoom out Map
Use the mouse wheel or click or to zoom in or zoom out on the map.
Filter
Click and select the resource type you want to show on the map.
Real-Time Display of Face Comparison/Access Control/Vehicle List
Click and select the item(s) to display real-time related captured face picture, access event,
and vehicle list on the map.
Select Resource(s) on Map
Click , and drag on the map to select resource(s).
Drag the selected resource(s) to the display window for live view or playback.
Add Label
Click to add a label with description to the map.
Capture
Click , and drag on the map to select an area. You can save this area as a picture to local PC.
Print Map
Click to print the map.
Locate Resource on Map
Move the cursor to the resource in the device list, click Locate on Map to locate the resource on
the map. The located resources can be displayed in the center of the map.
Or start live view or playback of a camera, move the mouse to the lower edge of the display
window and click on the left to locate the resource on the map.

87
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Only when the resource is added to the map, you can locate the resource on map.
Search Location
By the search bar on the top of the map, you can search locations on GIS map and hot spot/hot
region on the e-map by entering keyword(s).

88
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 15 Access Control and Elevator Control

The system supports access control and elevator control functions. Access control is a security
technique that can be used to regulate who can get access to the specified doors and elevator
control can be used to regulate who can get access to the specified floors by taking the elevator.
After setting the persons' permissions of accessing specified doors and floors by assigning access
levels to access groups, the authorized persons can access specified doors and floors with
credentials.
On the Control Client, the operator can check the real-time access events (access granted or access
denied, and so on), view the live video of the access point's related cameras (such as camera
mounted inside the elevator), control the door or floor's status (such as remaining the door locked
or switching the floor to access forbidden status).
You can also search the access records and perform entry & exit counting on the Control Client to
see who presents her/his credential on the card reader of the access point, whether he/she
accesses successfully, who enters or exits this room, and how many people still stays in the room.

15.1 Control Door Status in Live View

You can view the live video of the door's related camera(s). During live view, you can control the
door status and check the card swiping records in real time.
Steps
1. In the upper-left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance →
Monitoring .
2. Drag the door to the display window, or double-click the door name after selecting the display
window.
● If the door is related with camera(s), the live view of these cameras will show. If two cameras

are related, the live video will be displayed in Picture-in-Picture mode.

Note
You can click the thumbnail to switch the position of the two cameras.

89
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 15-1 Picture-in-Picture Mode

● If the door is not related with any camera, the door status will show in the center of the
display window.

Figure 15-2 Control Door Status

● The access records will appear below the live view window in real time when events occur.

Note
For relating cameras with the door, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.
3. Switch the door status among Unlocked, Locked, Remain Unlocked, and Remain Locked.

90
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

- For the door related with camera(s):

Click the status icon in the upper-right corner of the display window and select the status.
- For the door not related with any camera:
Click the status icon in the center of the display window.
/ : Unlock
When the door is locked, unlock the door and it will be opened. After the door open
duration, the door will be closed and locked again automatically.

Note
For setting the door's opening duration, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional
Web Client.
/ : Lock
When the door is unlocked, lock the door and it will be closed. The person who has the
access permission still can access the door with credentials.
/ : Remain Unlocked
The door will be unlocked (no matter closed or opened). All persons can access the door with
no credentials required (free access).
/ : Remain Locked
The door will be closed and locked. No person can access the door even the person has
authorized credentials, except the super users.

Note
For setting the person's super user permission, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.
4. Optional: Perform further operations after starting the live view of the door.
Control Door Click on the top of the display area to switch the status of all doors in the
Status in a current site to remain locked/remain unlocked.
Batch ● Remain Locked: Lock all doors. This function is applicable for situations

such as preventing a thief in the building from running away. Click

Remain Locked → All to lock all doors in the current site; click Remain
Locked → Part and select one or more emergency operation group(s) to
lock all doors in the selected group(s).
● Remain Unlocked: Remain all doors unlocked. This function is used when

an emergency happens and the persons need to leave as quickly as

possible, such as in a fire escape. Click Remain Unlocked → All to set all
doors in the current site to remain unlocked; click Remain Unlocked →
Part and select one or more emergency operation group(s) to set all
doors in the group(s) to remain unlocked.
● Recover Status: Lock doors in the current site after the emergency. Click

Recover Status → All to lock all doors in the current site; click Recover

91
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Status → Part and select one or more emergency operation group(s) to

lock all doors in the group(s).
Control Single Click in the upper-right corner of a door's live view window to switch the
Door Status door's status to locked/unlocked/remain locked/remain unlocked.
Locate Door on Click on the lower-left corner of the display window to show the map
Map and the door's location on the map.
Set Triggering Click to select a user-defined event. Refer to Manually Trigger User-
Event Defined Event for details.

15.2 Control Floor Status in Live View

During live view, you can view the live video of the elevator's related cameras (such as cameras
mounted inside the elevator). You can also control the status of the floors linked to the elevator.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Drag the elevator to the display window, or double-click the elevator name after selecting the
display window.
If the elevator is related with camera(s), the live view of these cameras will show. If two cameras
are related, the live video will display in Picture-in-Picture mode. In Picture-in-Picture mode,
click the thumbnail to switch the position of the two cameras.

Note
For relating cameras with elevator, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.
3. Click in the upper-right corner of the display window to switch the floor status among
Temporary Access, Access with Credential, Free Access, Access Forbidden.
: Temporary Access
During the temporary access time period, the persons can access this floor with no
credentials required. After this time period, the floor will recover to Access with Credential
status.
For details about setting the temporary access time period, refer to the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
: Access with Credential
The person who has the access permission can access this floor with credentials.
: Free Access
All persons can access this floor with no credentials.
: Access Forbidden

92
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

No person can access this floor even if the person has the authorized credentials, except the
super users.

Note
For setting person's super user privilege, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.

Figure 15-3 Control Floor Status in Live View

4. Optional: Perform further operations after starting the live view of the floor.
Control Floor Click on the top of the display area to switch status of all floors in the
Status in a current site into access forbidden/free access.
Batch ● Access Forbidden:

This function is applicable for situations such as preventing a theft in the

building from running away. Click Access Forbidden → All to set all
floors in the current site as access forbidden; click Access Forbidden →
Part and select one or more emergency operation group(s) to set all
floors in the group(s) as access forbidden.
● Free Access:

This function is used when emergency happens and the persons need to
access all the floors. Click Free Access → All to set all floors in the
current site as free access; click Free Access → Part and select one or
more emergency operation group(s) to set all floors in the group(s) as
free access.
● Recover Status:

93
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Recover floor status to access with credential after the emergency. Click
Recover Status → All to set all floors in the current site as access with
credential; click Recover Status → Part and select one or more
emergency operation group(s) to set all floors in the group(s) as access
with credential.
Control Single Click in the upper-right corner of a floor's live view window to switch
Floor Status the its status to free access/access with credential/access forbidden/
temporary access.
Locate Elevator Click on the lower-left corner of the display window to show the map
on Map and the elevator's location on the map.
Set Triggering Click to select a user-defined event. Refer to Manually Trigger User-
Event Defined Event for details.

15.3 Search Access Records

You can search for persons' access records triggered on specified access points (including doors
and elevators) via the Client by setting search conditions. For example, if you select specific access
points and set the event type to access denied by card, you can get all access denied events
(accessing by swiping a card) triggered on the access points.
Before You Start
Make sure you have configured the access point event on the Web Client. For details, refer to the
User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the upper-left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Access
Control Retrieval .
2. Select Access Record Retrieval on the left.
3. Optional: Import access records to the system.
- Import access records from the device(s).
a. Click Import Event → Import from Device to enter the Import from Device page.
b. Select the device(s) from the device list.
c. Optional: Switch on Specified Time Range and set the start time and end time to import
access records generated in the specified time period.

94
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
- If the device has uploaded access record(s) to the system before, switching on Specified
Time Range is not required and access records during the past 7 days of the selected
device(s) will be imported by default if no time range is specified.
- If the device has never uploaded any access record to the system before, you must
switch on Specified Time Range for importing access records from the selected
device(s).
d. Click OK to start importing.
A window will pop up to display the importing progress and the failure details.
- Import access records from the file which is exported from the device.
a. Click Import Event → Import from File to enter the Import from File page.
b. Click to select the file to be imported.

Note
Only the encrypted file can be imported.
c. Enter the password in the Password field.
d. Click OK.
4. In the Time drop-down list, select the time during which the access records are generated.

Note
● You can select Custom Time Interval to set a precise start time and end time.

● The time here can be the device time or the client time, which is based on the time zone

settings in System → General .

5. Optional: In the Access Point area, click and select door(s) and elevator(s) from the resource
list.
6. Optional: In the Record Type area, click to select record type(s).
7. In the Access Result drop-down list, select an access result type to quickly filter access granted
records or access denied records.
8. Set the searching mode.
- a. Select Person/Visitor as the searching mode.
b. Select All, Person, or Visitor as the person type.
c. Select Select Persons or Fuzzy Matching as the searching mode.
Select Persons
Select persons in the person list.
Fuzzy Matching
Enter a keyword to search for persons whose name contains the keyword.
d. Click Add to select the person(s), or enter the keywords of the person name for fuzzy
matching.
- a. Select Card No. as the searching mode.
b. Enter the card number.
9. Optional: Switch on Skin-Surface Temperature Status and select Normal or Abnormal.

95
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

10. Optional: Switch on Wearing Mask or Not and select Wearing Mask or No Mask.
11. Click Search.
Matched access records are listed on the right.
12. Optional: Perform the following operations after searching for access records.
View Record Click the person name in the Full Name column to view the record
Details details, such as the recorded video or captured picture of the related
camera (if configured), person information, and access information. If the
person is a visitor, you can view the detailed visitor information and
visitee information, including name, person profile, visit reason, etc.
Filter Search Click next to the column name Person/Visitor and select Person or
Results by Visitor to filter the search results.
Person Type
Forgive Anti- When a person attempts to use a card without following the anti-
Passback passback rule, the access will be denied. This is called "Anti-Passback
Violation Violation". When the anti-passback violation occurs, no access is allowed
unless the anti-passback violation event is forgiven.
You can click Forgive Anti-Passback on the top to forgive all the anti-
passback violation events in the search results.
Export Single Click in the Operation column to save a record as an Excel file in your
Record PC, including the event details, the person information, person profile,
recorded video file (if configured), etc.

Note
You can view the task progress in the Download Center.

Export All Click Export in the upper-right corner to save the searched access record
Searched details (including person name, person ID, event time, access result, etc.)
Records in your PC as an Excel or a CSV file. If you select Excel, you can check
Export Picture to save the captured pictures as well.

Note
● Up to 500 records can be exported each time.
● You can view the task progress in the Download Center.

15.4 Search Data Recorded on Device

Data recorded on device are records (e.g. triggered events/alarms, card-swiping records, etc.)
stored in access control devices, elevator control devices, and video intercom devices. The records
can be triggered by human behaviors detected by devices and events/alarms triggered by devices
(such as device faults). You can search the records in different dimensions according to your needs.

96
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Access
Control Retrieval .
2. Select Device Recorded Data Retrieval on the left.
3. In the Time drop-down list, select a time range for searching.

Note
You can click Custom Time Interval to set a precise start time and end time.
4. Switch on the resource types where you want to search records.
Access Points
Access points include doors of access control devices and video intercom devices, and floors
of elevator control devices). The records can be access records, operation records, and alarms
triggered by human behaviors.
Device
Devices include access control devices, elevator control devices, and video intercom devices.
The data recorded in these devices covers all events triggered by devices (such as device
fault).
Alarm Input
The alarm inputs included in devices. The records are arming status changes.
5. Select record source and record type.
6. Click Search.

Figure 15-4 Device Recorded Data Retrieval

7. Optional: Perform further operations on the searched records.
Export Single Record Click to save the record to the local disk as a CSV file.

97
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Export All Searched Click Export to save all the searched records to the local disk as an
Records Excel or CSV file.

15.5 Open Door for Multi-Factor Authentication

In access control, multi-factor authentication is an authentication method in which the door will
unlock only after multiple persons authenticate multiple credentials in turn. This method is mainly
used for locations with high security requirements, such as bank vault. With the mutual
supervision of the persons, multi-factor authentication provides higher security for the assets in
these locations.
You can set multi-factor authentication rule on the Web Client. For details, refer to the User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
If you set the access mode as Remotely Unlock After Granted, when the persons in the access
group authenticate at the door, a window will pop up on the Control Client as follows.

Figure 15-5 Pop-Up Window of Remote Request

Click Answer to answer the request and start two-way audio. If the door is related with a camera,
you can view the live video of the related camera. You need to verify the identity of the persons
before opening the door.

98
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 15-6 Remotely Open Door

Click Open Door and then the door will be unlocked.

15.6 Handle Opening Door Request from Video Access Control Terminal
Video access control terminal supports voice talk with the connected client. Person can press
button on the device front panel to send an opening door request to the security personnel and
the security personnel can talk with the person via Control Client, view the live video of the video
access control terminal's camera, and unlock the door if the person's identity is confirmed. This
function is mainly used when the person forgets to take her/his credentials or for visitors.

Note
Before the Control Client receiving the remote request from video access control terminal, you
should first add a Calling Surveillance Center alarm for this video access control terminal's access
point in the Web Client. For details about adding alarms, refer to User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.

After pressing the button on the device front panel, a window will pop up on the Control Client.
You can view the live view of the video access control terminal's camera and perform the following
operations.
● Answer Request: Click Answer to start voice talk with the person who starts this request.

● Ignore Request: Click Ignore to ignore this request and close this window.

● Open Door: During voice talk, click Open Door to allow the person to get in.

● End Call: Click End Call to end voice talk and close this window.

99
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

15.7 Perform Entry & Exit Counting

By grouping the doors (adding entry & exit counting group), the system provides counting
functions based on the entry and exit records on these doors. With this function, you can check
who enters/exits this region and how many persons still stay in this region. The function is
applicable for certain emergency scene. For example, during a fire escape, all people are required
to exit the region.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added entry & exit counting groups to group the doors in the Web Client. For
details, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps

Note
Currently, the platform only supports searching persons with access records in the last 24 hours.
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Access
Control Retrieval .
2. Select Entry & Exit Counting on the left.
3. In the Source list, select an entry & exit counting group.
4. In the Entry & Exit Counting Type drop-down list, select the type of persons you want to search.
All
All the entering and exiting access records in the last 24 hours will be listed.
People Stayed
Persons who are still staying in the region will be listed. The system filters the persons whose
entering record is found but exiting record is not found.
People Exited
Persons who entered and exited the region afterward will be listed.
5. Click Search.
All matched access records will be listed, showing information such as person details, location of
last access, etc.
6. Optional: Perform further operations after searching.
View Event Click the person name in the Name column to view the record details,
Details including the recorded video of the access point's related camera (if
configured), person information, and access information.
Export Single Click in the Operation column to download the record, including the
Record person information, person profile, phone number, location of last
access, etc.

100
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Export All Click Export in the upper-right corner to export the searched access
Searched Records control events details (including the person information, person profile,
phone number, location of last access, etc.).

Note
Up to 100,000 records can be exported each time.

Print Single Click in the Operation column to print the record.

Record
Print All Searched Click Print in the upper-right corner to print all the searched records.
Records

101
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 16 Video Intercom

The system supports video intercom functions. Video intercom is an audiovisual communication
and security technique used in a building or a small collection of buildings. With microphones and
video camera devices at both sides, it enables the intercommunication via video and audio signals.
After adding device and person to the system and configuring related parameters, the operator can
check the real-time events and alarms, view the live video of the related cameras, control the
door's status (such as remaining the door locked), call indoor station and answer call, etc.

16.1 Control Door Status in Live View

For video intercom device, you can view the live video of its door's related camera(s). During live
view, you can control the door status if needed, and view the access events in real time.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring
to enter the Monitoring page.
2. Click Live View on the top to enter the live view page.
3. Drag the door to the display window, or double-click the door name after selecting the display
window.
If the door is related with camera(s), the live view of these cameras will show. If two cameras are
related, the live video will display in Picture-in-Picture mode, which means one is at the bottom
left of the other one.
If the door hasn't been related with any camera, the door status will show in the display window.
The access record will overlap the display window in real time, if access event happens.

Note
For relating cameras with door, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
4. Optional: In Picture-in-Picture mode, click the smaller video view to switch the view position of
the two cameras.

102
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 16-1 Picture-in-Picture Mode

5. Click the icons in the middle of the window or click in the upper right corner of the window
to switch the door status among Unlocked, Locked, and Remain Unlocked.
Unlock
When the door is locked, unlock the door and it will be open. After the door open duration,
the door will be closed and locked again automatically.

Note
For setting the door's open duration, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.
Lock
When the door is unlocked, lock the door and it will be closed. The person who has the
access permission can access the door with credentials.
Remain Unlocked
The door will be unlocked (no matter closed or open). All the persons can access the door
with no credentials required (free access).

Note
For setting person's super user privilege, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.
6. Optional: Perform the follow operations after starting the live video of the door.
Control Door Status Click on the top of the display area to switch status of all doors in
in a Batch the current site into remain locked/remain unlocked.
Place Door on Map Click on the lower-left corner of the display window to show the
map and the door's location on the map.

103
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

16.2 Call Indoor Station

If the person has been linked with an indoor station, you can call the added indoor station via the
Control Client for starting voice talk with the resident, viewing the video of the indoor station's
camera, etc.

Note
Make sure you have added the person and linked the person with an indoor station via Web Client.

In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Video Intercom to enter
the video intercom page. Select a person group to filter the persons in the group or in its sub
person groups (configurable), or select Person Name or Indoor Station and enter the keywords to
filter the person or indoor station.
Click on Operation column to start calling the indoor station.

Figure 16-2 Call Indoor Station

After the call is answered, you can talk with the person, view the video, or perform other
operations as follows.
● Click to adjust the volume of the speaker.
● Click to end speaking.
● Click to adjust the volume of the microphone.
● Click to start recording the audio during video intercom and click to end recording. The
recorded file will be saved in the default path in local PC, and you can click Open Folder in the
pop-up window to view the file.

104
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

16.3 Answer Call

You can answer the call from the added door station and indoor station via the Control Client.
When the Control Client receives a call from the door station or indoor station, a window will pop
up. You can click Answer to answer the call, or click Refuse to decline the call.

Figure 16-3 Answer Call

After the call is answered, you can perform the following operations.
● Click Open Door to open the linked door remotely.

● Click to adjust the volume of the loudspeaker.

● Click to adjust the volume of the microphone.
● Click to start recording the audio during video intercom and click to end recording. The
recorded file will be saved in the default path in local PC, and you can click Open Folder in the
pop-up window to view the file.
● Click End Call to end the call.

Note
You can only answer one video intercom device's call via Control Client at the same time.

105
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 17 Vehicle
The system supports managing ANPR (Automatic Number-Plate Recognition) cameras and UVSS
(Under Vehicle Surveillance System). After adding ANPR cameras and UVSS in the system, the
license plate number and undercarriage picture of the passing vehicles will be detected and
captured. The system also provides entrance and exit management service and it can control the
entry and exit of the detected vehicles according to the entry & exit rules you set. In addition, the
system supports parking fee management, including adding coupons and selecting the payment
method before opening the barrier gate.
On the Control Client, you can view the live video of the ANPR cameras and check the recognized
license plate numbers of the detected vehicles. Also, for UVSS, you can check the real-time
undercarriage image of this vehicle.
On the Entrance and Exit, you can view the information of the vehicles entering and exiting the
parking lot. The system can open the barrier gate of the parking facility automatically according to
the entry & exit rules. If the barrier doesn't open, you can also open it manually via the Control
Client to allow the vehicle to enter or exit.
You can also view vehicle passing records and their detailed information, such as the passing time,
entry pictures, exit pictures, parking information. And then you can manage a vehicle's parking fee
by adding a coupon if needed. After payment, you can select a payment method to open the
barrier gate for the vehicle.

17.1 View ANPR Camera's Live Video

Automatic number-plate recognition (ANPR) is a technology that uses optical character recognition
on images to read vehicle registration plates. During live view of the ANPR cameras, the license
plate numbers of the passing vehicles are recognized and displayed on the right side of the live
view window. ANPR is becoming a significant component for recognizing stolen vehicles.
Successfully recognized plates may be matched against databases (allowlists or blocklists including
"wanted person", missing person, suspected terrorist, etc). You can mark the suspicious vehicle,
add a new vehicle to the vehicle list, and search the passing vehicle information.
Before You Start
Add an ANPR camera to the system via the Web Client. For adding camera, refer to User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Perform this task when you need to view ANPR camera's live video.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance →
Monitoring .
2. Start the live view of an ANPR camera.

106
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

- Drag an ANPR camera from the resource list on the left to the display window to start live
view.
- Double-click an ANPR camera name in the device list on the left to start live view.

Figure 17-1 Live View of ANPR Camera

3. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) if needed.
- Choice 1: Click at the bottom of the page, and then click Vehicle Record to enter the
operation panel.
- Choice 2: Click on the right of the page, and then click Vehicle to enter the operation panel.
Mark Vehicle If you think that a vehicle is suspicious, you can mark the vehicle. The marked
vehicles can be filtered out later when searching for the related vehicle
passing information in the Vehicle Search module.
● For Choice 1: Click in the Operation column to mark the vehicle.
● For Choice 2: Move you cursor to the target vehicle area, and then click

to mark the vehicle

Add Vehicle If the Client recognizes a vehicle that is not added to the vehicle list, you can
to Vehicle add it to the vehicle list manually. See Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List
List for details.
● For Choice 1: Click to add the vehicle to a vehicle list.
● For Choice 2: Move you cursor to the target vehicle area, and then click

to add the vehicle to a vehicle list.

Search If you want the know how many times the vehicle has entered and exited the
Vehicle parking lot, you can search for the passing record(s) of the vehicle. For details,
refer to Search for Vehicle Passing Records .
● For Choice 1: Click to enter the Vehicle Passing Record Search page to
search for the passing record(s) of the vehicle.
● For Choice 2: Move you cursor to the target vehicle area, and then click

to enter the Vehicle Passing Record Search page to search for the passing
record(s) of the vehicle.

107
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Delete All If you enter the operation panel via choice 1, you can click to delete all the
Records vehicle records.
Subscribe All If you enter the operation panel via Choice 1, you can check Subscribe All to
Vehicle subscribe all vehicle events.
Events

17.2 View UVSS's Live Video

An under-vehicle surveillance system (UVSS) generally consists of imaging systems mounted on a
roadway and used at facility access points, particularly at secure facilities. It is used to detect
threats—such as bombs—that are hidden underneath vehicles. Cameras capture images of the
undercarriage of the vehicle for manual or automated visual inspection by security personnel or
systems. As the vehicle arrives at the checkpoint and drives over the imaging unit, the cameras
capture images of the undercarriage and transmit them to Control Client. The undercarriage
picture of the passing vehicle is captured and displayed on the live view window. The license plate
number of the passing vehicle is recognized and displayed on the right side of the live view
window.
Before You Start
Add a UVSS to the system via Web Client. Refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client for details.
Perform this task when you need to view UVSS's live video.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance →
Monitoring .
2. Start the live view of UVSS.
- Drag the UVSS from the device list on the left to the display window to start live view.
- Double-click the UVSS name in the device list on the left to start live view.

Figure 17-2 Live View of UVSS

108
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

You can view the live video of the UVSS linked camera, the undercarriage picture, and
recognized license plate number of the passing vehicles.
3. Optional: Mark important information on the undercarriage picture.
1) Move your cursor onto the undercarriage picture.
2) Click on the toolbar.
3) Draw on the undercarriage picture to mark important information such as the explosive.
4. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) if needed.
- Choice 1: Click at the bottom of the page, and then click Vehicle Record to enter the
operation panel.
- Choice 2: Click on the right of the page, and then click Vehicle to enter the operation panel.
Mark Vehicle If you think that a vehicle is suspicious, you can mark the vehicle. The marked
vehicles can be filtered out later when searching for the related vehicle
passing information in the Vehicle Search module.
● For Choice 1: Click in the Operation column to mark the vehicle.
● For Choice 2: Move you cursor to the target vehicle area, and then click

to mark the vehicle

Add Vehicle If the Client recognizes a vehicle that is not added to the vehicle list, you can
to Vehicle add it to the vehicle list manually. See Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List
List for details.
● For Choice 1: Click to add the vehicle to a vehicle list.
● For Choice 2: Move you cursor to the target vehicle area, and then click

to add the vehicle to a vehicle list.

Search If you want the know how many times the vehicle has entered and exited the
Vehicle parking lot, you can search for the passing record(s) of the vehicle. For details,
refer to Search for Vehicle Passing Records .
● For Choice 1: Click to enter the Vehicle Passing Record Search page to
search for the passing record(s) of the vehicle.
● For Choice 2: Move you cursor to the target vehicle area, and then click

to enter the Vehicle Passing Record Search page to search for the passing
record(s) of the vehicle.
Delete All If you enter the operation panel via choice 1, you can click to delete all the
Records vehicle records.
Subscribe All If you enter the operation panel via Choice 1, you can check Subscribe All to
Vehicle subscribe all vehicle events.
Events

17.3 Entrance & Exit Control

HikCentral Professional provides entrance & exit management service. You can set entry & exit
rules for entrance and exit on the Web Client so that the barrier gates will be controlled by the

109
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

platform according to the rules you set. On the Control Client, you can control the barrier gates
both automatically and manually, view the detailed information of vehicles entering and exiting the
parking lot, and hand over shifts.
On the Control Client, you can go to → All Modules → Surveillance → Parking Lot to perform
these operations.
To manually control the barrier gates, you can click Barrier Control → Lock/Unlock All Barrier
Gates or click Barrier Control → Lock/Unlock to lock or unlock all barrier gates in the parking lot
according to actual needs. You can click Barrier Control → Open/Close/Remain Open in the lower
left corner to manually control a barrier gate. In the upper-right area of the page, the number of
vacant parking spaces is displayed, and you can click to display the real-time number of vacant
parking spaces. This number can help you better decide whether to allow a vehicle to enter.
To view the detailed information of the vehicles detected at the lane, you can click Vehicle Record
in the lower left corner of the page, and all the records will be displayed. You can click a specific
record to view more details, such as the captured pictures and parking information of the vehicle.

Figure 17-3 Entrance & Exit Control

17.3.1 View Passing Vehicle Information

On the Entrance and Exit page, you can view information of vehicles (including visitors' vehicles)
entered or exited from the parking lot including captured vehicle pictures, license plate numbers,
vehicle lists, vehicle directions, passing time, allowed or not, etc. You can also view detailed
information of the passed vehicles, mark suspicious vehicles, add passed vehicles to a vehicle list,
etc.
In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Parking Lot →
Entrance and Exit , and select an entrance/exit in the drop-down list in the upper-left corner of
the page.

110
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

View Real-Time Passing Vehicle Information

After entering the Entrance and Exit page, the video and picture of the vehicle captured by the
lane's related camera are displayed. You can hover the cursor on the picture and click > or < to
switch pictures. Click to view the entering video.

Figure 17-4 Vehicle Entering

In the Exit area, the picture and video of the vehicle exiting the parking lot are displayed, and the
corresponding picture captured when it was entering the parking lot is displayed in the Enter area
with related information. Click to view the exiting video. If the corresponding entering picture
cannot be found, click Fuzzy Matching to open the Matching Result window to select a vehicle in
the entering pictures which are regarded as entering pictures of similar vehicles to this vehicle.
After that, the selected picture will be displayed under the Fuzzy Matching button as the entering
picture of the vehicle.

111
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 17-5 Vehicle Exiting

Figure 17-6 Matching Result

View History Passing Vehicle Information

Click Vehicle Record to show the passed vehicles and their information. You can perform the
following operations if needed:
● View Vehicle Passing Details

Click to view vehicle details (including owner information, vehicle features, etc.) and entering
record including lane, direction, entering time, etc. You can also allow the vehicle to enter or exit
from the parking lot, view video of the vehicle, and correct the license plate number on this
page.

112
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
If a vehicle owner is a visitor, the vehicle owner name will be displayed in blue color. Click the
vehicle owner name to show visitor information (including visitee, visiting validity period, ID
type, ID No., phone number, gender, and visitor group).
● Mark Vehicle
If you think a vehicle is suspicious, click to mark the vehicle. The marked vehicles can be
filtered out later when searching the related vehicle passing information in Vehicle Search
module.
● Add Vehicle to Vehicle List
If the Client recognizes a vehicle that is not added to the vehicle list, you can add it to the vehicle
list manually. Click to add the vehicle to a vehicle list. See Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle
List for details.
● Search Vehicle
Click to enter the Vehicle Search page to search the related vehicle passing information. For
details, refer to Search for Vehicle Passing Records .

Figure 17-7 View History Passing Vehicle Information

You can also allow vehicles to enter/exit, correct license plate number, and control barriers
manually on this page. See Manually Open Barrier for Vehicles , Correct License Plate Number ,
and Manually Control Barrier for details.

17.3.2 Automatically Open Barrier for Vehicles

The vehicle can enter or exit the parking lot with the barrier gate opened automatically in the
following situations:

Barrier Opened Automatically According to Entry & Exit Rule

If you have set the entry & exit rule for the vehicles in the vehicle list or not, and set Opening
Barrier for Entering or Opening Barrier for Exiting as Automatic, and the time is within the
authorized time period, when the system detects a vehicle at the lane, the barrier gate will be
opened automatically.
You can view the details of the vehicle such as license plate number, vehicle brand, color, entering/
exiting time on the Control Client.

Note
For details about setting the entry & exit rule, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional
Web Client.

113
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 17-8 Example: Barrier Opened Automatically for Vehicle in Vehicle List

Barrier Opened Automatically After Swiping Card

If you have linked one access control device or video intercom device with the lane, the owner of
the vehicle in the vehicle list can also swipe her/his card on this device to verify her/his identity
when entering or exiting the parking lot.
The system will find out the vehicle information linked with this card and judge whether to open
the barrier gate automatically according to the entry & exit rule of its vehicle list. If you have set
Opening Barrier for Entering or Opening Barrier for Exiting as Automatic, and the time is within
the authorized time period, the barrier gate will be opened automatically.
In this situation, you can use access control device or video intercom device instead of ANPR
camera at the entrance and exit to check whether the card is linked with the vehicle in the vehicle
list.

Note
● Before enabling this function, you need to click Swipe Card in the upper right area, and select an
entrance or exit to enable card swiping for the barrier gate there.
● Make sure you have already linked cards with the vehicles when adding vehicles and setting
vehicle owner information on the Web Client.
● Make sure you have already linked an access control device or video intercom device with the
lane on the Web Client.
● For details about the above settings on the Web Client, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.

114
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 17-9 Swipe Card to Open Barrier

17.3.3 Manually Open Barrier for Vehicles

On the Control Client, the information of the detected vehicles at the lanes will be displayed. If the
barrier gate is not opened by the system automatically, you can open it manually via the Control
Client.
In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Parking Lot →
Entrance and Exit to open the barrier gate manually in the following situations:

One-Touch Open Barrier Gate

Click Allow button on the Enter or Exit panel to open the barrier gate at the entrance or exit lane.
You can also press the shortcut key on the keyboard to open the barrier gate.

Note
You can set the shortcut keys for opening barrier gate in System → Video → Shortcut .

115
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 17-10 One-Touch Opening Barrier Gate

Open Barrier Gate and Enter Remarks for Entry

For the vehicles at the entrance lane, you can also set the remark information if needed. For
example, you can enter why you allow this vehicle to enter the parking lot even though it is not in
any vehicle list.
In the Enter panel, click Allow → Advanced to enter the remark information.

Figure 17-11 Advanced Opening Barrier Gate

In the pop-up Advanced window, you can also select a vehicle list which has enabled with Parking
Space Control function, which means this vehicle will occupy one parking space of this vehicle list.
For example, if the parking lot is shared by three companies (company A, B, and C), when a visitor
of company C wants to park in the parking lot, the security guard can open the barrier manually
after verifying her/his identity and select the vehicle list of company C.

Note
For details about setting Parking Space Control function of vehicle list, refer to the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.

116
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Open Barrier During Video Intercom

If you have linked one access control device or video intercom device with the lane, the owner of
the vehicle can press button on the device front panel to send an opening barrier request to the
security personnel and the security personnel can talk with the person via Control Client, view the
live video of the device's camera and capture unit (if any), and open the barrier if the person's
identity is confirmed.

Note
Before the Control Client receives the remote request from the device, you should first add a Call
Center alarm for the parking lot on the Web Client. For details about adding alarms, refer to User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

Figure 17-12 Start Video Intercom to Send Opening Barrier Request

After pressing the button on the device front panel, a window will pop up on the Control Client
as follows:

Figure 17-13 Access Request Received by Control Client

117
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

You can click Answer to view the live view of the device's camera as well as the capture unit and
start voice talk with the person who starts this request. You can also click Ignore to ignore this
request and close this window.

Figure 17-14 Video Intercom

During voice talk, click Allow to open the barrier gate.
You can also click Advanced to enter the remark information if needed, and select a vehicle list
which has enabled with Parking Space Control function, which means this vehicle will occupy one
parking space of this vehicle list.
For example, if the parking lot is shared by three companies (company A, B, and C), when a visitor
of company C wants to park in the parking lot, the security guard can open the barrier manually
after verifying her/his identity and select the vehicle list of company C.

Note
For details about setting Parking Space Control function of vehicle list, refer to the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.

Click End Call to end voice talk and close this window.

17.3.4 Correct License Plate Number

You can correct the license plate numbers recognized by capture units.
You can correct the license plate number of vehicles entering or exiting the parking lot. Click to
edit the recognized license plate number.

118
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 17-15 Entrance/Exit Page

17.3.5 Manually Control Barrier

This function is applicable for diverse situations. For example, during rush hour, controlling barrier
by a capture unit or card-swiping is very time-consuming. In this circumstance, the guard can
open/close the barrier manually or set the barrier status as remaining open so that vehicles are
able to pass quickly to save time. Meanwhile, if a capture unit failed to recognize a vehicle in the
vehicle list, or one failed to open the barrier by swiping card, the guard can also open/close the
barrier manually to allow the vehicle to pass.
In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Parking Lot →
Entrance and Exit to enter the Entrance and Exit page, and click Barrier Control in the lower left
area of the page.
Click Open to open the barrier for one time; click Close to close the barrier; click Remain Open to
make the barrier gate remain open.
Click Lock to lock all the barrier gates, and click Unlock to unlock all the barrier gates.
Click Capture to capture the picture of the vehicle passing through the barrier gate.

Figure 17-16 Manually Control Barrier

17.3.6 Hand Over Shifts

On the Control Client, you can hand over shifts to other operators (i.e., the persons responsible for
payment management). Before handover, you need to check the information about the payment
you have managed. Besides, you can print the payment information if needed.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Parking Lot
→ Entrance and Exit to enter the Entrance and Exit page.

119
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

2. In the upper right area, click Shift Handover.

The Payment Overview window will pop up.

Figure 17-17 Payment Overview Window

3. Check the payment information.
4. Optional: Click Print to print the payment information.
5. Click OK.
The current account will be logged out.

17.4 Parking Space Monitoring

With this function, you can view the statistics about parking spaces, including the occupancy rate
of the parking spaces in a parking lot, the number of vacant parking spaces, occupied parking
spaces, and parking spaces with unknown status as well as the number of overtime parking and
parking violations. You can also click one parking space on the map to view its detailed
information, such as its status and type. In addition, you can enter the parking space No., license
plate No., or parking time to search for specific information.

120
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 17-18 Parking Space Overview Page

17.5 Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List

Recognized vehicle license plate number will be displayed both on the live view page and the
Entrance/Exit page. So you can add the recognized vehicles to vehicle list on the two pages.
Besides, you can add a recognized vehicles to vehicle list on the Vehicle Search page.

Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List on Live View Page

Select a camera for license plate recognition to start live view. Click at the bottom of the client
to show the event list, and then click Vehicle Record tab to show vehicle recognition events.

Figure 17-19 Recognized Vehicles

At the bottom of the page, click → Vehicle Record → to open the Add to Vehicle List panel;
on the right of the page, click → Vehicle, hover the cursor on a target vehicle area, and click
to open the Add to Vehicle List panel.

121
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Set the vehicle information including license plate number, validity, vehicle features, vehicle owner
information, and select a vehicle list to add the vehicle to. Click Add to add the vehicle to the
selected vehicle list.

Figure 17-20 Add to Vehicle List

Note
See Live View for details about starting live view.

122
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List on Entrance and Exit Page

Enter the Entrance and Exit page, the recognized vehicles will be displayed in the Vehicle Record
tab page.

Figure 17-21 Vehicle Record

Click in the Operation column to open the Add to Vehicle List panel.
Set the vehicle information including license plate number, validity, vehicle features, vehicle owner
information, and select a vehicle list to add the vehicle to. Click Add to add the vehicle to the
selected vehicle list.
Add Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List on Vehicle Search Page
Search vehicles recognized by entrance and exit. See Search for Vehicle Passing Records for details.
In the search results area, click in the Operation column to open the Add to Vehicle List panel.

Figure 17-22 Vehicle Search Results

Set the vehicle information including license plate number, validity, vehicle features, vehicle owner
information, and select a vehicle list to add the vehicle to. Click Add to add the vehicle to the
selected vehicle list.

17.6 Vehicle and Record Search

In the Vehicle Search module, you can search for various types of records, including the vehicle
passing records, parking records, payment records, etc. Each record is attached with highly detailed
information related to it, which can give the vehicle owner and the administrator a whole picture
of the vehicle's activity in a parking lot. Therefore, these records can help you to manage vehicles
and parking lots much better.

17.6.1 Search for Vehicle Passing Records

If the added Automatic Number-Plate Recognition (ANPR) camera, Under Vehicle Surveillance
System (UVSS), and entrance and exit are properly configured, and the vehicle license plate

123
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

number is recognized by the cameras or capture units linked to the entrance and exit, you can
search the related vehicle passing information.
Steps

Note
Make sure your license supports ANPR function. Otherwise, ANPR function cannot perform
normally in the system.
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Vehicle
Search → Vehicle Passing Record Search .

Figure 17-23 Vehicle Passing Record Search Page

2. Set a time range.
- Select to search the vehicle passing records generated today, yesterday, current week, last 7
days, or last 30 days.
- Click Custom Time Interval to set the search time range.
3. Select Camera, UVSS or Entrance and Exit as the source of passing vehicle records.
The camera, UVSS, or entrance/exit will be automatically displayed under the Source.

Note
For camera, you can click , select the current site or a Remote Site from the drop-down list
and select the ANPR camera(s).
4. Set searching conditions according to your needs.
Marking Status
Search marked or unmarked vehicles' passing records.
Country/Region
Select the country/region where the vehicle's license plate number is registered.
License Plate Number

124
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Select No License Plate to search vehicles without license plate number; select With License
Plate and enter a vehicle's license plate number or key word of license plate number.
Vehicle Owner
Enter the vehicle owner's name or keyword of name.
Vehicle Type
Select the type of the vehicle from the drop-down list.
Brand
Select the brand of the vehicle from the drop-down list.
Color
Select the color of the vehicle from the presented colors.
Driving Direction
● Forward: the vehicle moved toward the camera with its headstock facing the camera.
● Reverse: the vehicle moved away from the camera with its rear facing the camera.

● Other: the vehicle moved toward or away the camera in other directions.

Vehicle List
Search vehicle passing records of vehicles in certain vehicle list(s).
Custom Information
The custom items of vehicle information you added.
5. Click Search.
The vehicle passing records that match the search conditions will be displayed in the right area.

Note
You can click or to switch between List Mode and Thumbnail Mode.
6. Optional: Perform the following operations if needed.
Mark Vehicle Click to mark the vehicle. The marked vehicles can be filtered when
searching the related vehicle passing information recorded by the camera
or UVSS.
Add to List If the vehicle is not added to the vehicle list, you can add the new vehicle
to the vehicle list manually. Click to add the vehicle. See Add
Recognized Vehicle to Vehicle List for details.
View Picture Click a vehicle's license plate number and click Picture tab to view the
captured vehicle picture or undercarriage picture.
View Video Click the Plate Number column and click Record to view the linked video
file of the passing vehicle.

125
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
● When viewing the video file of passing vehicles, you can control the
playback.
● Click Go to Monitoring to switch to Monitoring page.
● Click to export the video file to the local PC.

Download Select a vehicle and click to save the vehicle's information (CSV file),
Single Vehicle vehicle passing picture, and recorded file in your PC. The vehicle passing
Passing Record picture and recorded file will be saved in the same folder as the CSV file.
For details about downloading, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .
View Vehicle Click a license plate number in the list to view the detailed information of
Information the vehicle.
Export All a. Click Export in the upper-right corner to open the Export panel.
Vehicle Passing b. Select Excel, CSV, or PDF as the format of the exported file. Check
Records Export Picture to save vehicles' pictures in your PC with the Excel file.
c. Click Browse to select a saving path.
d. Click Save.

Note
Up to 500 vehicle passing records with captured pictures can be exported
at one time. Up to 100,000 vehicle passing records without pictures can be
exported at one time.

Edit On a certain vehicle's page, click Edit to modify the recognized license
plate number as needed.

17.6.2 Search for Payment Records

If a vehicle pays the parking fee and exits the parking lot, its payment information, such as the
payment source and operation time, will be recorded in the platform. On the platform, you can
search for the payment records generated in a specific parking lot or the records of a specific
vehicle by setting search conditions according to actual needs. You can also export the records to
your PC. With the statistics, you can monitor some of the transactions done in the parking lots,
which can help you to manage the parking lots better.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Vehicle
Search → Payment Record Search .

126
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 17-24 Payment Record Search Page

2. Set search conditions according to actual needs.
1) Set a time range.

Note
You can select today, yesterday, current week, last 7 days, or last 30 days from the drop-down
list to search for the records generated in a relevant period, or click Custom Time Interval to
set a time range by yourself.
2) Optional: Enter the license plate number of the vehicle.
3) Optional: Enter the card number of the vehicle.
4) Select the type of the vehicle or All from the drop-down list.
5) Select a parking lot or All from the drop-down list.
6) Select an operator (the person responsible for collecting the fee) or All from the drop-down
list.
7) Select the payment method from All, Cash, and Vehicle Owner Account.
8) Select the source of payment from All, Booth, and Toll Center.
3. Click Search.
The matched record(s) will be displayed in the right area.
4. Optional: In the upper-right corner, click Export to export the record(s) to your PC.

17.6.3 Search for Parked Vehicles

If the actual number of vacant parking spaces is different from the number displayed on the
guidance screens, you can search for the vehicles that already exited but still recorded in the
parking lot to edit the vehicle information. For example, for parking lots requiring all on-site
vehicles out at the end of a day, you can search for the vehicles that are still in the parking lot and
export the vehicles' information. In another situation, if a vehicle is manually allowed to exit the
parking lot, the number of vacant parking spaces may not be updated in time. In this situation, you

127
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

can search for the vehicle and delete it from the vehicle list of the parking lot to update the
number of vacant parking spaces.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Vehicle
Search → Parked Vehicle Search .
2. Set searching conditions according to actual needs.

Figure 17-25 Search Vehicles in Parking Lot

1) Select a parking lot from the drop-down list.
2) Optional: Set vehicle information.
Label
Search marked or unmarked vehicles in the parking lot.
Country/Region
Select the country/region where the vehicle's license plate number is registered.
License Plate Number
Select No License Plate to search vehicles without license plate number; select With
License Plate and enter a vehicle's license plate number or key word of license plate
number.
Vehicle Owner
Enter the vehicle owner's name or keyword of name.
Vehicle Type
Select the type of the vehicle from the drop-down list.
Brand
Select the brand of the vehicle from the drop-down list.
Color
Select the color of the vehicle from the presented colors.

128
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

How to Open Barrier

It refers to how the barrier gate was opened when a vehicle exits the parking lot. Manual
indicates that the a security guard manually controls the barrier gate to open after
identifying the vehicle owner; Automatic indicates that the barrier gate was opened
automatically after the capture unit recognizing the license plate number; Barrier Not
Open indicates that the barrier gate was not opened after the capture unit recognizing the
license plate number.
Vehicle List
Search vehicle passing records of vehicles in certain vehicle list(s).
Dwell Time
The parking duration of the searched vehicles in the parking lot.
Additional Information
The custom items of vehicle information you added.
3. Click Search.
The matched vehicles will be displayed in the right area.

Note
You can click or to switch between List Mode and Thumbnail Mode.
4. Perform the following operations if you need.
Delete Vehicles ● Select a searched vehicle and click to delete the vehicle from the
from Parking Lot parking lot.
● Click Delete All to delete all searched vehicles from the parking lot.

Note
After deleting a vehicle in the list, there will be one more vacant parking
space in the parking lot.

Export Vehicle ● Select a vehicle and click to save the vehicle's information (CSV file),
Information to vehicle passing picture, and recorded file in your PC. The vehicle passing
PC picture and recorded file will be saved in the same folder as the CSV file.
● Save information of all searched vehicles as a file in PC.
a. In the top right corner, click Export to open the Export panel.
b. Select Excel or CSV as the format of the exported file. Check Export
Picture to save vehicles' pictures in your PC with the Excel file.
c. Click Browse to select a saving path.
d. Click Save.

129
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Up to 500 vehicle passing records with captured pictures can be exported
at one time. Up to 100,000 vehicle passing records without pictures can
be exported at one time.

View Vehicle Click a license plate number in the list to view the detailed information of
Information the vehicle.

17.6.4 Search for Parking Records

On the platform, you can search for the parking records generated in a specific parking lot or the
record of a specific vehicle by setting relevant search conditions according to actual needs, and
perform further operations, such as viewing the detailed information of vehicles and exporting the
records to your PC.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Vehicle
Search → Parking Record Search .
2. Set search conditions according to actual needs.

Figure 17-26 Parking Record Search Page

1) Set a time range.

Note
You can select today, yesterday, current week, last 7 days, or last 30 days from the drop-down
list to search for the records generated in a relevant period, or click Custom Time Interval to
customize a time range.
2) Optional: Enter the license plate number of the vehicle.
3) Select a parking lot or All from the drop-down list.
4) Select a floor or All from the drop-down list.

130
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

5) Optional: Enter the parking space No.

6) Select the status of parking.
3. Click Search.
The matched record(s) will be displayed in the right area.

Note
You can click or to switch between list mode and thumbnail mode.
4. Optional: In the upper-right corner, click Export to export the record(s) to your PC.

17.6.5 Search for Multiple Vehicles Under One Account Status

On the Control Client, you can search for the multiple vehicles under one account status of a
specific parking lot or of a specific account by setting relevant search conditions according to actual
needs. You can view the detailed information of the search results, including the information of the
owner, the number of parking spaces allocated to an account, the validity of a vehicle's parking
pass, the parking status of vehicles, etc.
Before You Start
Make sure that you have added multiple vehicles to the account to be searched for, and have
related parking passes to the vehicles if needed. For more details. See the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Vehicle
Search → Multiple Vehicles Under One Account Status Search → to enter the search page.

Figure 17-27 Multiple Vehicles Under One Account Status Search Page
2. Set search conditions according to actual needs.
1) Select a parking lot from the drop-down list.
2) Optional: Enter the name of the vehicle owner.
3) Optional: Enter the license plate number of the vehicle.
4) Select the status of vehicle(s).

131
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

In
The vehicle(s) that are being parked in the parking lot.
Out
The vehicle(s) that have exited the parking lot.
5) Select whether the vehicle(s) are occupying the parking spaces allocated to the account.
Occupied
The vehicle(s) are occupying the parking spaces.
Not Occupied
The vehicle(s) are not occupying the parking spaces.
3. Click Search.

Note
The matched result(s) will be displayed in the right area.
4. Optional: In the upper-right corner, click Export to export the result(s) to you PC.

132
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 18 Face and Body Recognition

The system supports facial recognition and comparison functions. After adding devices which
support facial recognition, the devices can recognize faces and compare with the persons in the
system.
Besides facial recognition, you can also add facial recognition servers to the system and set human
body recognition tasks.
On the Control Client, the operator can view the real-time face comparison information during live
view and see whether the detected persons match or mismatch the person information in the pre-
defined face comparison group. The operator can also view the human body recognition
information when viewing the live video of the cameras linked with the facial recognition server
and configured with human body recognition.

18.1 View Detected and Matched Face in Live View

During live view of face recognition cameras, the detected faces will be displayed in the window.
After setting the face comparison group and apply it to the camera, the face picture matched with
the face in the face comparison group will display, showing the person details, captured picture,
matched person's original picture, and similarity. If the detected person is not in the face
comparison group, you can also add it to the face comparison group and apply the group to the
device to take effect .
Before You Start
Add the required device and configure the face comparison group. Refer to the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps

Note
This function should be supported by the device.
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance →
Monitoring .
2. Start live view.
- Drag a face recognition camera from the camera list on the left to the display window.
- Double-click a face recognition camera name to start the live view.
If a face is detected, it will be displayed on the right of the window. If he/she is not matched with
any persons in the camera's linked face comparison groups, the capture time is marked with an
orange background as follows.

133
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 18-1 Mismatched Person

3. View matched persons in different face comparison groups.
Example
For example, you can view the matched persons in blocklist and VIP list at the same time.
1) Click tab to open the face comparison group list.
All the face comparison groups added to the system display.
2) Double click the face comparison group name in the list or drag it to the display window.
A blank panel of the face comparison group will display on the right of the display windows.
If there are persons matched with the person in the face comparison group, the captured and
original face pictures will display in this panel in pairs with similarity as follows.

Figure 18-2 Matched Persons

You can view the captured face picture, person's profile (configured in the Web Client) and the
similarity. The person's name is shown on the profile.
4. Optional: View all the real-time face comparison events.
1) Click at the bottom of the page to show the event list panel.
2) Click Face Comparison tab to view all the detected faces (including matched and mismatched
persons).

134
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For mismatched persons, the picture's capture time is marked with an orange background as
follows.

Figure 18-3 Mismatched Person

5. Optional: For the matched persons, view the person details.
- In the matched face picture panel, click to view the matched person details.
- Click the face picture of matched person in the face comparison event list to view the person
details.
- In the all events list panel, select the person matched event and click in the Operation
column to view the person information.
6. Optional: If there are multiple cameras in live view, you can quickly find the camera which
captures certain picture and view its live view.
- In the matched face picture panel, click .
- In the Face Comparison event list, click the captured picture and click Live View.
The camera which captures this picture will be highlighted with a red frame.
7. Optional: For the captured pictures (mismatched or matched person), click the picture and click
Search by Picture to search other pictures of this person. Refer to Search Face Pictures by
Picture for more details.

18.2 Add Mismatched Person to Person Group

During live view, if a person is detected, but not matched with any persons in the face comparison
group, and if you want the person to be recognized for the next time, you can add the person to
the face comparison group. For example, if the detected person is a new arrived VIP, you can add
the person to the VIP face comparison group and apply this group to the camera. For the next
time, the camera will recognize the person's face and match her/him with the person information
in the face comparison group.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring
and perform face comparison in live view.

Note
For details, refer to View Detected and Matched Face in Live View .
2. Open the Add to Person Group panel.

135
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

- At the bottom of the page, click to unfold the All Events panel, and click in the Operation
column to open the Add to Person Group page.
- Click the mismatched face pictures in Face Comparison event panel and click Add to Person
Group.

Figure 18-4 Add to Person Group

3. Select the face comparison group(s) you want to add this person to.
4. Enter the person details, such as ID, first name, last name, gender, custom additional
information, etc.
5. Click Add.
What to do next
Log into the Web Client and apply the face comparison group to the camera to take effect.

136
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

18.3 Face Search

Face pictures can be captured and stored on the platform. You can search captured face pictures by
specific face feature; You can search face pictures by uploading a face picture; You can search
matched face pictures with the face pictures in the comparison group; You can search face pictures
by setting conditions such as frequently or rarely appeared persons.
Captured Picture Search
You can search for face pictures by features such as age, gender, and wearing glasses or not.
After search, you can view related pictures and video files (if available) and save video files to
local storage.
Search by Picture
The captured face pictures can be stored in HikCentral Professional server or on the Recording
Server. You can search for the target person in the captured pictures by uploading a face picture.
You can also view the search results' related video files and save the related video files as
evidence.
Search Matched Faces
You can search for the captured face pictures which are matched with the faces in specified face
comparison groups. You can also export the related video footage to the local PC and save it as
evidence to the SFTP server.
Search Persons by Frequency
You can search for the pictures of the frequently appeared persons of specific locations in a
specific time period. The function is helpful for screening out the potential VIP customers in
retail industry such as luxury stores. It can also be used to find out suspects who may commit
crimes and thereafter notify the security personnel to be on guard in locations such as banks
and jewelry stores.

18.3.1 Search Captured Face Pictures and Related Videos

The captured face pictures can be stored in SYS server or on the Recording Server. You can search
for the target person in the captured pictures by person face features. You can also view the search
results' related video files and save the related video files as evidence.
Steps

Note
Make sure your license supports facial recognition function, or turn to Home page of the Web
Client, click License Details → Configuration → Add and then select the added cameras as facial
recognition cameras. Otherwise, facial recognition function cannot perform normally in the
system.

137
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Face
Search .
2. Click Search Captured Pictures on the navigation panel on the left side of the page to enter
the Search Captured Picture page.
3. In the Time field, set the time period.
You can select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for search.
4. Select the camera(s) to search the face picture.
1) Click to open the camera list panel.
2) Select the current site or a Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its cameras.
3) Check the camera(s) you want to search.

Note
Up to 200 resources can be selected for searching at the same time.

Figure 18-5 Search Captured Pictures

5. Optional: Set face features and the related parameters.
Age Group

138
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

After enabled, you can filter matched face pictures by age groups such as teenage, youth,
middle-aged, elderly, etc.
Gender
After enabled, you can filter matched face pictures by gender (male or female).
Wearing Glasses
After enabled, you can filter matched face pictures by whether a person wears glasses/
sunglasses or not.
Smiling
After enabled, you can filter matched face pictures by whether a person is smiling or not.
Temperature
After enabled, you can set a threshold for searching out the matched persons whose skin-
surface temperature equals to or exceeds the threshold.
Temperature Status
After enabled, you can filter matched persons by temperature status (normal or abnormal).
Wearing Mask or Not
After enabled, you can filter matched person who wear mask and those who don't.

Note
This function should be supported by the device. You can only enable face features that are
supported by the device.
6. Click Search.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. If you do not upload a
picture, the similarity will not be displayed on the searching result. You can switch between
thumbnail and list mode to view.
7. Optional: Perform the following operations for the searched pictures.
Select Time Drag the slider to filter the results by setting a time period when a face
Period picture is captured.
Change ● Select Chronologically to display the searched results in time order.
Display Order ● Select Reverse Chronologically to display the searched results in reverse
time order.
● Select Camera to display the searched results by cameras.
Switch The searched results can be displayed in three modes, and you can switch
Display Mode among different display modes.
● Click Grid to view the searched results in thumbnails.

● Click List to view the searched results in the form of list.

● Click Map to display camera(s) on the map, and click a camera to view the

searched results in thumbnails.

139
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Generate In the Map mode, select one or more pictures, and click Generate Pattern to
Pattern display a certain person's pattern on the map.

Note
Make sure you have added the resource on the map. For details about how
to set the parameters, refer to the HikCentral Professional Web Client User
Manual.

Open Click on the upper right corner to display the current page on an auxiliary
Auxiliary screen.
Screen
8. Optional: Hover the cursor on a matched picture and perform the following operations.
Add to Person Click and set the required parameters to add the person to the person
List list. For details about how to set the parameters, refer to the of
HikCentral Professional Web Client User Manual.
Search Picture by Click Search Picture by Picture to go to the Face Search page to search for
Picture a target person in the captured pictures by uploading a face picture. For
detailed information, see Search Face Pictures by Picture .
Archive Search Click Archive Search to go to the Archive Search page to search the
searched person's archive.
Identity Click Identity Verification → To be Verified to verify the person's identity,
Verification or click Identity Verification → Target to set the person as a comparing
target.
9. Click a captured picture to view detailed information such as gender, whether smiling, and age
group, and you can perform the following operations.
Related Click Related Captures to display pictures captured during 30s before and
Captures after capturing the current picture.
View Picture Click / to view the large picture and the related video (if available).
and Video
Note
For playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback . Some icons
may not be available for face picture playback.
10. Optional: Export the matched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)(Optional) For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage to
export.
2)Set the file format of the exported file.
MP4

140
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video file for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video files in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other player also supports playing the video files in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
EXE
Package the video files with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage of
one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video files of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to download in EXE format for one time.
3)(Optional) If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB files can be merged.
4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the exported video files.
6)Click Export to add the downloading task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

18.3.2 Search Face Pictures by Picture

You can search for face pictures by uploading a face picture. You can also view the search results'
related video files and save the related video files as evidence.

141
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Steps

Note
Make sure your license supports facial recognition function, or turn to Home page of the Web
Client, click License Details → Configuration → Add and then select the added cameras as facial
recognition cameras. Otherwise, facial recognition function cannot perform normally in the
system.
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Face
Search .
2. Click Search by Picture on the navigation panel on the left side of the page to enter the
Search Captured Picture page.
3. In the Time field, set the time period.
You can select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for search.
4. Select the camera(s) to search the face picture.
1) Click to open the camera list panel.
2) Select the current site or a Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its cameras.
3) Check the camera(s) you want to search.

Note
Up to 200 resources can be selected for searching at the same time.

142
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 18-6 Search by Picture

5. Optional: Set a picture for face picture searching, and you can upload one as desired.

143
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

- Enter a keyword of person name or person ID in the Person Name/ID field to search in the
added persons.
- Click Upload Picture to upload a face picture from local PC.

Note
The uploaded picture should be in JPG format and picture size should be no larger than 1 GB.
The recognized face will be marked on the face picture.
6. Optional: Drag the slider to set the similarity.
7. Click Search.
The search results will be displayed and grouped by different cameras. If you do not upload a
picture, the similarity will not be displayed on the searching result.
8. Optional: Perform the following operations for the searched pictures.
Select Time Drag the slider to filter the results by setting a time period when a face
Period picture is captured.
Change ● Select Chronologically to display the searched results in time order.
Display Order ● Select Reverse Chronologically to display the searched results in reverse
time order.
● Select Camera to display the searched results by cameras.
Switch The searched results can be displayed in three modes, and you can switch
Display Mode among different display modes.
● Click Grid to view the searched results in thumbnails.

● Click List to view the searched results in the form of list.

● Click Map to display camera(s) on the map, and click a camera to view the

searched results in thumbnails.

Generate In the Map mode, select one or more pictures, and click Generate Pattern to
Pattern display a certain person's pattern on the map.

Note
Make sure you have added the resource on the map. For details about how
to set the parameters, refer to HikCentral Professional Web Client User
Manual.

Open Click on the upper right corner to open the current page on an auxiliary
Auxiliary screen.
Screen
9. Optional: Hover the cursor on a matched picture and perform the following operations.
Add to Person Click and set the required parameters to add the person to the person
List list. For details about how to set the parameters, refer to HikCentral
Professional Web Client User Manual.

144
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Search Picture by Click Search Picture by Picture to go to the Face Search page to search
Picture for a target person in the captured pictures by uploading a face picture.
For detailed information, see Search Face Pictures by Picture .
Archive Search Click Archive Search to go to the Archive Search page to search the
searched person's archive.
Identity Click Identity Verification → To be Verified to verify the person's identity,
Verification or click Identity Verification → Target to set the person as a comparing
target.
10. Click a captured picture and the detailed information such as gender, whether to smile, and
age group will be displayed, and you can perform the following operations.
Related Click Related Captures to display pictures captured during 30s before
Captures and after the captured picture.
View Picture Click / to view the large picture and the related video (if
and Video available).

Note
For playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback . Some
icons may not be available for face picture playback.
11. Optional: Export the matched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)(Optional) For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage to
export.
2)Set the file format of the exported file.
MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video file for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video files in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other player also supports playing the video files in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
EXE
Package the video files with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage of
one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video files of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

145
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to download in EXE format for one time.
3)(Optional) If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB files can be merged.
4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the exported video files.
6)Click Export to add the downloading task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

18.3.3 Search Matched Faces

You can search for matched faces pictures with face pictures in specified face comparison group(s).
You can also further filter the matched faces by skin-surface temperature and mask-wearing status
for purposes such as infectious disease prevention. Exporting the related video footage to the local
PC and saving it as evidence to the SFTP server are also supported.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Face
Search .
2. Click Search Matched Faces on the navigation panel on the left side of the page to enter the
Search Matched Face page.
3. In the Time field, set the time period for searching.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for search.
4. Select the face comparison group to search for the matched pictures.

Note
Hover the cursor on a face comparison group and click to select cameras linked with the
group.

146
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

5. Optional: Enter a keyword of person name or person ID in the Person Name/ID field to search in
the added persons.
6. Optional: Set the following conditions.
Skin-Surface Temperature
After enabled, you can set a threshold for searching out the matched persons whose skin-
surface temperature equals to or exceeds the threshold.
Temperature Status
After enabled, you can filter matched persons by temperature status (normal or abnormal).
Wearing Mask or Not
After enabled, you can filter matched faces who wear mask and those who don't.
7. Click Search.
The matched persons will be displayed and grouped by different face comparison groups, and
you can view the person details. The face pictures of the matched persons (similarity larger than
the threshold of the face comparison group) are displayed on the right of the person details with
similarity.
8. Optional: Perform the following operations for the searched pictures.
Switch The searched results can be displayed in three modes, and you can switch
Display among different display modes.
Mode ● Click Grid to view the searched results in thumbnails.

● Click Map to display camera(s) on the map, and click a camera to view the

searched results in thumbnails.

Generate In the Map mode, select one or more pictures, and click Generate Pattern to
Pattern display a certain person's pattern on the map.

Note
Make sure you have added the resource on the map. For details about how to
set the parameters, refer to the HikCentral Professional Web Client User
Manual.
9. Click beside the original picture to perform secondary search.
Search Picture Click Search Picture by Picture to search for a target person in the captured
by Picture pictures by uploading a face picture. For detailed information, see Search
Face Pictures by Picture .
Search Archive Click Archive Search to go to the Archive Search page to search the
searched person's archive.
Verify Identity Click Identity Verification → To be Verified to verify the person's identity,
or click Identity Verification → Target to set the person as a comparing
target.

147
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Open Auxiliary Click on the upper right corner to open the current page on an auxiliary
Screen screen.
10. Click a captured picture and the detailed information such as gender, whether to smile, and
age group will be displayed, and you can perform the following operations.
Related Click Related Captures to display pictures captured during 30s before
Captures and after the captured picture.
View Picture Click / to view the large picture and the related video (if
and Video available).

Note
For playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback . Some
icons may not be available for face picture playback.
11. Optional: Export the matched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)(Optional) For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage to
export.
2)Set the file format of the exported file.
MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video file for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video files in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other player also supports playing the video files in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
EXE
Package the video files with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage of
one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video files of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to download in EXE format for one time.
3)(Optional) If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB files can be merged.

148
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the exported video files.
6)Click Export to add the downloading task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

18.3.4 Search Persons by Frequency

You can search for the pictures of the frequently/rarely appeared persons of specific cameras in a
specific time period. The function can be helpful for screening out the potential VIP customers in
retail industry such as luxury stores. It can also be used to find out suspects who may commit
crimes and thereafter notify the security personnel to be on guard in locations such as banks and
jewelry stores.
Before You Start
Make sure you have configured frequently/rarely appeared person alarm on the device. For details,
see the user manual of the device.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Face
Search .
2. Click Search Persons by Frequency on the navigation panel on the left side of the page to
enter the Search Person by Frequency page.
3. In the time field, select a time period or select Custom Time Interval to customize a time period
for search.
4. Select Frequently Appeared Persons or Rarely Appeared Persons as the search type.
5. Select the camera(s) to search pictures of the frequently appeared persons.

149
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 18-7 Search Persons by Frequency

1) Optional: Check Include Sub-area to allow the displaying of camera(s) in sub-areas.
2) Select areas and then select the camera(s) in these areas.

150
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Up to 200 resources can be selected for search at the same time.
6. Enter the Appeared Times.
7. Click Search.
The frequently appeared persons will be listed on the right. You can view the photo, appeared
time, and appeared times of each listed person.
8. Optional: Click to add the person to person list.
9. Optional: Perform secondary search after clicking in the Operation column.
Search Picture Click Search Picture by Picture to search for a target person in the captured
by Picture pictures by uploading a face picture. For detailed information, see Search
Face Pictures by Picture .
Search Archive Click Archive Search to go to the Archive Search page to search the
searched person's archive.
Verify Identity Click Identity Verification → To be Verified to verify the person's identity,
or click Identity Verification → Target to set the person as a comparing
target.
Open Auxiliary Click on the upper right corner to open the current page on an auxiliary
Screen screen.
10. Click a captured picture to view detailed information such as gender, whether to smile, and age
group. You can also click History Capture to view the history captures of the selected camera.
11. Optional: Filter related pictures and video footage by cameras.
1)Click Filter Cameras to select camera(s).
2)Click OK.
The pictures captured by the selected cameras and the video footage recorded by them will
be displayed.
12. You can perform the following operations after filtering related pictures.
Related Click Related Captures to display pictures captured during 30s before
Captures and after the captured picture.
View Picture Click / to view the large picture and the related video (if
and Video available).

Note
For playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback . Some
icons may not be available for face picture playback.
13. Optional: Export the matched video footage to local storage.
- During playback, click to export the current video footage.
- Select the video footage and click Export to export all the selected video footage.
1)(Optional) For exporting single video footage, set the time range of the video footage to
export.

151
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

2)Set the file format of the exported file.

MP4
MP4 format supports encryption. You can set a password to encrypt the video file for
security purpose.
Only VSPlayer supports playing video files in MP4 format. You can check Download
VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
AVI
Besides VSPlayer, other player also supports playing the video files in AVI format.
You can check Download VSPlayer to download the player with the video files.
EXE
Package the video files with the VSPlayer into one EXE file. The selected video footage of
one camera will be merged to one MP4 file.
After downloading, double click the EXE file and the VSPlayer will launch. The merged
video files of different cameras will be displayed in the playlist.

Note
Up to 16 cameras can be selected to download in EXE format for one time.
3)(Optional) If you select the format as MP4 or AVI, you can check Merge Video Files to merge
the selected video footage of the same camera to one video file.

Note
Up to 2 GB files can be merged.
4)Optional: Check Save as Evidence and set the required information for the evidence.

Note
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User

Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● For details about setting the required information for evidence, see Save Found Video

Footage as Evidence .
5)Set the saving path to store the exported video files.
6)Click Export to add the downloading task to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage Downloading Tasks .

18.4 Human Body Search

Human body pictures can be captured and stored on the platform. You can search captured face
pictures by specific body feature, and you can also search human body pictures by uploading a
picture.

152
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Search Captured Pictures

You can search for persons by features such as age, gender, and wearing glasses or not. After
search, you can view related pictures and video files (if available) and save video files to local
storage.
Search by Picture
The captured human body pictures can be stored in HikCentral Professional server or on the
Recording Server. You can search for the target person in the captured pictures by uploading a
face picture. You can also view the search results' related video files and save the related video
files as evidence.

18.4.1 Search Captured Human Body Pictures and Related Videos

You can search person pictures by setting person features such as age group and gender. For the
searched results, you can view the related video files (if available) and save the video files to local
storage. It can help to find out the target suspect in locations such as banks and jewelry stores
when you know some features of an suspect.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added DeepinMind(s) or intelligent fusion server(s) in the web client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Human
Body Search .
2. Click Search Captured Pictures on the left panel.
3. In the Time field, set the time period.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for search. The
costumed time interval should be no more than 7 days.
4. Click to select camera(s) from the pop-up camera list.

Note
You can enter a key word in the search box to quickly find the target camera(s).
5. Optional: In the Person Information field, enable switch(es) of corresponding person features as
desired such as age group, gender, and wearing glasses.

Note
This function should be supported by the device. You can only enable person features that are
supported by the device.
6. Click Search.
The searched results will be displayed chronologically.
7. Optional: For the searched results, you can perform more operation(s).

153
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Switch The searched results can be displayed in three modes, and you can switch
Display among different display modes.
Mode ● Click Grid to view the searched results in thumbnails.

● Click List to view the searched results in the form of list.

● Click Map to display camera(s) on the map, and click a camera to view the

searched results in thumbnails.

Change ● Select Chronologically to display the searched results in time order.
Display ● Select Reverse Chronologically to display the searched results in reverse
Order time order.
● Select Camera to display the searched results by cameras.
Search by ● In the Grid mode, hover the cursor on the searched result, and click Search
Picture by Picture to start searching picture by picture.

Note
For details, refer to Search Human Body Pictures by Picture .
● In list mode, click to perform a secondary search.
View Person Put the cursor on the person picture, and you can view the capture details
Details including person's age group, gender, whether wearing glasses, hair, tops
type, etc.

Note
This function should be supported by the device.

View Picture Click the person picture to view the large picture and view the related video
and Video (if available).

Note
For details about playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback .

Generate Select one or more pictures, and click Generate Pattern to display a certain
Pattern person's pattern on the map.

Note
Make sure you have added the resource on the map. For details about how to
set the parameters, refer to HikCentral Professional Web Client User Manual.

Export You can export the searched results (both pictures and video footage) to local
Results storage. Check one or more searched results, and click Export on the upper
right corner to add the selected items to the download center.

154
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage
Downloading Tasks .

Open Click on the upper right corner to open the current page on an auxiliary
Auxiliary screen.
Screen
8. Click a captured picture to view detailed information such as gender, whether to smile, and age
group, and you can perform the following operations.
Download Click Download to download the pictures or videos.
View Picture and Click / to view the large picture and the related video (if available).
Video
Note
For playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback . Some icons
may not be available for face picture playback.

18.4.2 Search Human Body Pictures by Picture

You can search human body pictures by uploading a face or human body picture. You can also view
the search results' related video files.
Before You Start
You have added DeepinMind(s) or intelligent fusion server(s) in the web client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Human
Body Search .
2. Click Search by Picture on the left panel.
3. In the Time field, set the time period.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to specify the start time and end time for search. The
costumed time interval should be no more than 7 days.
4. Select the camera(s) to search the face picture.
1) Click to open the camera list panel.
2) Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its cameras.
3) Check the camera(s) you want to search.

Note
Up to 200 resources can be selected for searching at the same time.

155
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 18-8 Search Human Body Pictures by Picture

5. Hover your mouse on the person information panel, and click Upload Picture to upload a face
picture from local PC to set a picture for picture searching.

156
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
The uploaded picture should be in JPG format and picture size should be no larger than 1 GB.
6. Optional: Drag the slider to set the similarity.
7. Click Search.
The searched results will be displayed chronologically.
8. Optional: For the searched results, you can perform more operation(s).
Switch The searched results can be displayed in three modes, and you can switch
Display among different display modes.
Mode ● Click Grid to view the searched results in thumbnails.

● Click List to view the searched results in the form of list.

● Click Map to display camera(s) on the map, and click a camera to view the

searched results in thumbnails.

Search by ● In the Grid mode, hover the mouse on the searched result, and click Search
Picture by Picture to start searching picture by picture.
● In list mode, click to perform a secondary search.

Note
For details, refer to Search Human Body Pictures by Picture .

View Person Put the cursor on the person picture, and you can view the capture details
Details including person's age group, gender, whether wearing glasses, hair, tops
type, etc.

Note
This function should be supported by the device.

View Picture Click the person picture to view the large picture and view the related video
and Video (if available).

Note
For details about playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback .

Change ● Select Chronologically to display the searched results in time order.

Display ● Select Reverse Chronologically to display the searched results in reverse
Order time order.
● Select Camera to display the searched results by cameras.
Generate Select one or more pictures, and click Generate Pattern to display a certain
Pattern person's pattern on the map.

157
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Make sure you have added the resource on the map. For details about how to
set the parameters, refer to the Add Hot Spot on Map of HikCentral
Professional Web Client User Manual.

Export You can export the searched results (both pictures and video footage) to local
Results storage. Check one or more searched results, and click Export on the upper
right corner to add the selected items to the download center.

Note
For details about managing the downloading tasks, refer to Manage
Downloading Tasks .

Open Click on the upper right corner to open the current page on an auxiliary
Auxiliary screen.
Screen
9. Click a captured picture to view detailed information such as gender, whether to smile, and age
group, and you can perform the following operations.
Related Click Related Captures to download the pictures or videos.
Captures
View Picture Click / to view the large picture and the related video (if available).
and Video
Note
For playback control instructions, refer to Normal Playback . Some icons
may not be available for face picture playback.

18.5 Archive Search

The system will save the features and information (including captured picture and video) of the
captured person as archive. You can search the related archives of a face picture to check the
captured pictures or videos of similar persons in the library. You can also check whether a person is
a stranger.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added a DeepinMind server to the system and have configured capturing
camera and face comparison group for it.
Steps

Note
By default, the archive will be kept for 3 months.

158
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Identity
Search .
2. Click Archive Search in the navigation panel on the left side to enter the Archive Search page.
3. Select a face comparison group in the Face Picture Library field, you can also check stranger
group.
4. Upload a face picture in the Person Information field.
5. Drag the slider of the similarity to set a similarity.
6. Click Search.
Pictures of which the similarity is larger than the configured one will be displayed on the right
panel. Hover the cursor on a searched picture and the details (e.g. group name, gender, etc) of
the picture will appear, and strangers' picture details are different from that of the face
comparison group.

Figure 18-9 Archive Search

7. Optional: Hover the cursor on a matched picture and click to perform secondary search.
Search Click Search Captured Picture to go to the Face Search page to search the
Captured captured pictures related with the searched face picture by setting
Picture searching conditions.
Search Archive Click Search Archive to go to the Archive Search page to search the
searched person's archive.
Verify Identity Click Identity Verification → To be Verified to verify the person's identity, or
click Identity Verification → Target to set the person as a comparing target.
8. Optional: Perform the following operation(s).
View Picture and Click a matched picture to view more captured pictures and related
Video videos.

159
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Export Archive Check searched pictures and then click Export to save the data in the
Search Report current computer. Select Excel if you want to save the searched picture
or video.
Filter Capture Click a matched picture and click Filter Capture Time to set the time
Time period when the picture and video are captured.

18.6 Identity Verification

The control client provides picture-to-picture comparison and picture-to-group comparison, which
means you can know the similarity between two faces on two different pictures, or whether a
person is a member of an existing face comparison group,.

18.6.1 Compare with Face Comparison Group

When you are not sure about a person's identity, you can compare the his/her face picture with
those of the face comparison group to identify him/her.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added a DeepinMind server to the system and have configured capturing
camera and face comparison group for it.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Identity
Search .
2. Click Identity Verification to enter the Identity Verification page.
3. Upload the face picture you want to identify.
4. Select Face Comparison Group in the Compare with field.
5. Select a face comparison group in the list.
6. Optional: Set epidemic-related parameters.
Temperature
After enabled, you can set a threshold for searching out the matched persons whose skin-
surface temperature equals to or exceeds the threshold.
Temperature Status
After enabled, you can filter matched persons by temperature status (normal or abnormal).
Wearing Mask or Not
After enabled, you can filter matched person who wear mask and those who don't.
7. Drag the slider of the similarity to set a similarity.

160
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 18-10 Compare with Face Recognition Group

8. Click Search.
Pictures of which the similarity is larger than the configured one will be displayed on the right
panel.
9. Optional: Click Add Person to add the person to person list.
10. Optional: Hover the cursor on a matched picture and click to perform secondary search.
Search Click Search Captured Picture to go to the Face Search page to search
Captured the captured pictures related with the searched face picture by setting
Picture searching conditions.
Search Archive Click Search Archive to go to the Archive Search page to search the
searched person's archive.
Verify Identity Click Identity Verification → To be Verified to verify the person's
identity, or click Identity Verification → Target to set the person as a
comparing target.

18.6.2 Compare with Specific Picture

You can also compare two face pictures to see whether they are the same person according to the
similarity.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added a DeepinMind server to the system and have configured capturing
camera and face comparison group for it.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Identity
Search .

161
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

2. Click Identity Verification to enter the Identity Verification page.

3. Upload the face picture you want to identify in the Person Information field on the top of the
panel.
4. Select Picture in the Compare with field.
5. Upload a picture in the Person Information field on the bottom of the panel..

Figure 18-11 Compare with Specified Picture

Note
You can upload a picture with more than one face, and the client will tell the similarity between
the first picture and all faces in this picture.
6. Drag the slider of the similarity to set a similarity.
7. Click Search.
The face picture(s) on the second uploaded picture will be displayed on the right panel, and the
similarity between persons on the first-uploaded picture and second-uploaded is displayed.
8. Optional: Click Add Person to add the person to person list.
9. Optional: Hover the cursor on a matched picture and click to perform secondary search.

162
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Search Click Search Picture by Picture to go to the Face Search page to search for a
Picture by target person in the captured pictures by uploading a face picture. For
Picture detailed information, see Search Face Pictures by Picture .
Search Click Search Archive to go to the Archive Search page to search the searched
Archive person's archive.
Verify Click Identity Verification → To be Verified to verify the person's identity, or
Identity click Identity Verification → Target to set the person as a comparing target.

163
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 19 Security Control

A security control device detects people, vehicles, etc., entering a pre-defined region, triggers
events and alarms, and reports events/alarms information (such as location) to security personnel.
On the Control Client, the operator can view the video of the radar's related cameras, arm &
disarm partitions, bypass zones, etc. If a panic alarm is triggered, the operator can handle the
request on the Control Client.

19.1 Start Live View of Radar's Calibrated Camera

You can start live view of a radar's calibrated camera to view the image of the radar's detection
area.
Before You Start
Make sure you have configured at least one calibrated camera for the radar. See User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client for details about configuring calibrated camera.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Surveillance →
Monitoring .
2. Select Live View.
3. Double-click a radar's name or drag a radar from the area list to the display area to start the live
view of its calibrated cameras.
The image of one calibrated camera will be displayed in the display window.

Figure 19-1 Live View of Radar's Calibrated Cameras

4. Optional: Perform the following operation(s).

164
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Arming Control The arming status of the radar will be displayed in the upper-right corner of
the live view window. Click to arm the radar; click to disarm a radar.
Switch Hover the cursor on the thumbnail to display other calibrated cameras'
Calibrated thumbnails, and then click one of the thumbnail to display it in the display
Camera window.
Locate on Map Click in the lower-left corner of the live view window to show the map
where the radar is added, so that you will see the moving pattern of the
one who intruded the detection area.

Note
● A prompt will appear showing you the current arming status after an arming control if there is
no calibrated camera linked to the radar.
● Arming radar will fail if anybody is in the radar's detection area, and you will see a prompt
showing you the failure of arming.

19.2 Perform Arming Control for Resources

You can arm or disarm the partitions (areas) of the security control devices and radars via the
Control Client. After arming the partitions (areas), the current Control Client can receive the
triggered alarms in the partitions (areas). You can also bypass or recover bypass for the alarm
inputs (zones) in the partitions (areas) if necessary. For armed radars, if an object enters its
detection area, an event/alarm will be triggered to inform you.
In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Tool → Arming Control .

Partition (Area)
In the Resource area, click the number of partitions (areas) to view the details and then arm/
disarm the partition (areas) or clear the generated alarms in the partitions (areas) as needed.

Note
The operations only control the alarm detection on the current Control Client.

165
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 19-2 Arm & Disarm Partition (Area)

Instant Arming
It is used when people leave the detection area. The zone will be immediately triggered when it
detects event or alarm with no delay and notify the security personnel.
Stay Arming
It is used when people stay inside the detection area. During stay arming, all the perimeter
burglary detectors (such as perimeter detector, magnetic contacts, curtain detector in the
balcony) will be turned on. Meanwhile, the detectors inside the detection area are bypassed
(such as PIR detectors). People can move inside the area and not trigger an event or alarm.
Away Arming
It is used when people leave the detection area. Event or alarms will be activated when the zone
is triggered or tampered. For delayed zone, the alarm will not be activated when the zone
detects triggering event during entry/exit delay.
Alarm Clearing
Select one or multiple partitions (areas) and click Alarm Clearing to clear the generated alarms
in partitions (areas).

Alarm Input
In the Resource area, click the number of alarm inputs to view the details and then perform the
operations such as bypass or bypass recovery for the zone that the alarm input belongs to.
Bypass Zone
When some exception occurs for the zone, and other zones can work normally, you need to
bypass the abnormal zone to turn off the protection of it. Otherwise, you cannot arm the
security control partition (area) which the zone belongs to.
Hover over the alarm input and click to bypass the zone.
Bypass Recovery

166
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

When you want to recover the zone that is bypassed to make it work normally, select alarm
input as triggered source and find the alarm input (zone) of the security control partition (area).
Hover over the zone and click to recover zone to normal status.

Radar
In the Resource area, click the number of radars to view the details and then arm or disarm one or
multiple radars as needed.

19.3 Handle Panic Alarm from Panic Alarm Station

A panic alarm station is mainly installed in the areas with the crowd or high incidence of cases,
such as schools, tourist attractions, hospitals, markets, and parking lots. When the emergency
happens or someone asks for help, the person can press panic button to send alarm to the
monitoring center, and the operator in the center will take the appropriate actions.

Note
You should first set an alarm triggered by alarm input for the panic alarm station via the Web
Client. For details, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

If someone presses the panic button on the panic alarm station, a window will pop up on the
Control Client as follows:

Figure 19-3 Panic Alarm

Acknowledge Alarm
Click Acknowledge to acknowledge this panic alarm.

167
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Forward Alarm
Click Forward to forward this alarm to anther person.
Alarm Output Control
Click Alarm Output Control and turn on/off the switches to control the status of alarm outputs.
Stop Broadcast
Click Stop Broadcast to stop broadcast of specific terminals.

168
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 20 Check Alarm and Event

The alarm information (for example, motion detection alarm information) received by the Control
Client displays. You can check the detailed information of the event or alarm, view the alarm linked
video, manage the related information, and so on.

Note
You should configure the event or alarm settings via the Web Client before you can check the
related information and linkage actions via the Control Client. For detailed configuration of event
and alarm settings, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

20.1 View Resources' Real-Time Alarms

The Alarm Center module will display the real-time alarm information from the managed
resources, such as motion detection, video loss, and video tampering alarm. You can check the
alarm details and view alarm-related video and picture if configured.

Note
Before receiving alarms from devices on the Control Client, you should arm devices. For details,
refer to Perform Arming Control for Alarms

In the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Alarm Center .

Figure 20-1 Alarm Center

You can select a site from the drop-down list in the top left corner to display alarms of the selected
site, and you can click Latest Alarm or Ignored Alarm to view the latest received alarms or alarms
that cannot be received by the current Control Client.

169
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Selecting site is only available for the Central System with the Remote Site Management module.

Table 20-1 Operations in Alarm Center

Operation Description
Mark Alarm Click to mark alarms if some alarms are important or need
further operations.
View Alarm Details View alarm details in the table of Alarm Center page or click an
alarm name to view the details of a specified alarm (refer to
View Pop-up Window Triggered by Alarm for details).
Alarm Priority
The priority for the alarm according to the priority settings
when adding the alarm on the Web Client.
Alarm Time (Client)
The time of Control Client when the alarm starts.
Alarm Times
Shows how many times the alarm has been triggered.
Source
The resource that occurred the alarm.
Triggering Event
Display the type of the event that triggered the alarm.
Alarm Status
The current status of the alarm, including stopped, started,
and abnormal.
Operations of an Alarm Go to Alarm Search Page: Click in the Operation column to go
to the Event &Alarm Search page to search the current alarm by
Note setting conditions.
The available operation
Linkage Action: Click in the Operation column to start live
changes according to the
view or playback of the related cameras of the alarm and view
alarm linkage of the source.
the captured pictures. During the live view, you can click to
For detailed configuration,
enter the camera's visual tracking mode. See User Manual of
refer to User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client for details about configuring
HikCentral Professional Web
visual tracking.
Client.
Two-Way Audio: Start two-way audio with the alarm source of
the current site or Remote Sites.

170
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Operation Description
Display on Smart Wall: Display the alarm video on the smart
wall.
Ignore: Click in the Operation column to ignore the selected
alarm, so the current Control Client will not receive this alarm
during the ignorance duration even though it is triggered.
Accept: Click in the Operation column to accept the alarm, so
the current Control Client can receive this alarm when it is
triggered.
Disable: Click in the Operation column to disable the selected
alarm, so the platform cannot receive and record this alarm
during the disabling duration even though it is triggered.
Enable: Click in the Operation column to enable the alarm, so
the platform can receive this alarm and you can view the alarm
information on any clients.
Export: Click in the Operation column to download the alarm
details, including alarm information, alarm picture, linked video,
linked map, etc.
Forward: Click in the Operation column to forward the alarm
to other users for acknowledgment.
Filter Alarms Set filter conditions to display the required alarms only.
Marking Status
Mark the alarm information and the marked items can be
filtered.
Alarm Priority
The priority including low, medium, high, and custom level
which indicates the urgent level of the alarm.
Alarm Status
The status of the alarm includes Start, Stop and Abnormally
Stopped. Start indicates the alarm has not stopped yet; Stop
indicates the alarm has stopped; and Abnormally Stopped
indicates the alarm has stopped abnormally.
Alarm Displayed on Smart Wall
Check Show Alarms Displayed on Smart Wall Only to filter
the alarms which are set to be displayed on the smart wall.
Sort Alarms Click the column name of the alarm list and select a property to
sort the alarms by the selected property.

171
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Operation Description
View Alarm Related Video and Select an alarm, and the alarm-related video or picture (if any)
Map shows on the display window and the alarm source related map
(if any) appears as well. You can select Display Related Video &
Map/Display Related Video Only/Display Related Map Only in
the top right corner of the Alarm Center to show different
display windows.
For the related video & picture window, you can click Set in the
top right corner of the window to show the video or picture
preferred.
Acknowledge an Alarm Click the name of an alarm to open the alarm details window,
set parameters (e.g., alarm priority, alarm category, and remark),
and click Acknowledge to acknowledge the alarm.

Note
Refer to View Pop-up Window Triggered by Alarm for details.

Batch Acknowledge Alarms 1. Check alarms in the alarm list, and then click Batch
Acknowledge to open the Batch Acknowledge window.
2. (Optional) Set the alarm priory and alarm category.
3. (Optional) Enter a remark about the alarm acknowledgment.
4. Click OK.

Note
Up to 100 alarms can be acknowledged at a time.

Turn On/​Off Alarm Sound When the Control Client receives an alarm, the PC running the
Control Client will play the alarm sound. You can turn on/​off the
alarm sound by checking or unchecking Audio On in the top of
the Alarm Center page.

Note
This configuration will not be changed after restarting the
Control Client.

Enable/Disable Pop-up Alarm For the alarm configured with the pop-up window, a window will
Window pop up, showing the alarm details, when the Control Client
receives the alarm. You can disable or enable the pop-up
window by checking or unchecking Enable Pop-up Window in
the top of Alarm Center page.

172
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Operation Description

Note
This configuration will not be changed after restarting the
Control Client.

Arming Control Click Arming Control in the top right corner of the Alarm Center
to accept/ignore or enable/disable the configured alarm rules of
selected resource(s), arm or disarm the partitions (areas) of the
security control devices and radars,and bypass or recover bypass
for the alarm inputs (zones) in the partitions (areas).

Note
For details, refer to Perform Arming Control for Alarms and
Perform Arming Control for Resources .

Manually Trigger User-​Defined Click Trigger Event in the top right corner of the Alarm Center
Event page to manually trigger a user-​defined event and activate a
series of actions. See Manually Trigger User-Defined Event for
details.
Enter Alarm Overview Page Click Overview in the top right corner of the Alarm Center page
to enter the Alarm Overview page to view the alarm analysis
report, top 5 alarms, and top 5 warning zones. See Alarm
Overview for details.
View History Alarm Click History Alarm to enter the Alarm & Event Search module
to search the history alarms. See Search Event and Alarm Logs
for details.
Customize Displayed Columns 1. Click to open the Customize Column Name panel.
of Alarm List 2. Check the column name(s) to display.

Note
The Alarm Name is displayed by default, and you cannot
uncheck it.
3. Click OK to save the settings.

20.2 View Pop-up Window Triggered by Alarm

After configuring the required settings on the Web Client and Control Client, the alarm window will
open when the corresponding event/alarm is triggered. You can view the alarm time, the source
device which triggered the alarm, the triggered event, and alarm status, etc.

173
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Before You Start

Make sure you have enabled the alarm linkage of Trigger Pop-up Window on the Web Client, and
enabled the pop-up window function in the Alarm Center on the Control Client. For setting this
alarm linkage, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. View the alarm details including alarm source, alarm time, triggered event type, alarm status,
etc., in the pop-up window when an alarm is triggered.

Figure 20-2 Alarm Triggered Pop-Up Window

2. Optional: Set the alarm priority and the alarm category according to the detailed alarm
information.
3. Optional: Enter a remark for the alarm according to actual needs.
Example
You can enter "False alarm triggered by leaves" when you have checked the alarm details and
found that it is a false alarm.
4. Click Picture/Video/Map/Operation Logs to view the alarm-related cameras' captured pictures,
the playback or live view when the alarm occured, view the camera/alarm input location on the
map (if configured), and view operation logs (i.e., forwarding, acknowledgment) of the alarm.

Note
When viewing the recorded video files of the related camera, you can click Go to Alarm Time to
play the video from the alarm time. You can also click Live View to view the live video of the
related cameras, or click Display on Smart Wall to play the playback on smart wall.
5. Click Acknowledge to acknowledge the alarm.
The alarm status becomes Acknowledged.
6. Optional: Click Forward to forward the alarm to other users of the platform.

174
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Example
For some specific alarms, you can forward them to other users for acknowledgment. And you
can set the priority to High to remind other users of acknowledging the alarms in the highest
priority.
7. Optional: Click Alarm Output Control to enable or disabled the linked alarm outputs if you have
set linked alarm outputs in the alarm rule.
Example
If a sounder is linked in the alarm rule, when the alarm is triggered, you can turn on or off the
sounder.
8. Optional: Click Broadcast Control to broadcast the alarm information from the Remote Site to
the connected devices.

Note
This function is only supported by the Central System with the Remote Site Management
module.
9. Optional: Click to view the previous or next alarm information.
10. Optional: Uncheck Enable Pop-up Window to disable pop-up window when a new alarm is
triggered.

Note
When the pop-up window remains open, the later alarm, if the alarm priority is higher, will be
displayed in the pop-up window, and replace the earlier one.
11. Optional: Check Full Screen to display the pop-up window in full-screen mode by default.

20.3 Manually Trigger User-Defined Event

The platform provides user-defined event which is used if the event you need is not in the provided
event and alarm list, or the generic event cannot properly define the event received from third-
party system. On the Control Client, you can trigger a user-defined event manually and it will
activate a series of actions according to the settings on Web Client.
Before You Start
Add the user-defined event to the platform and determine what happens when you manually
trigger it, such as setting it as the alarm source, as start/end of the alarm's arming schedule, or as
the alarm linkage actions. For details, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. On the Alarm Center page, click Trigger Event in the top right corner to open the Select User-
Defined Event window.

175
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
You can also click in the top right corner of live view or playback page to open the Select User-
Defined Event window.
The user-defined events added to the platform will be displayed.
2. Select the event you want to trigger and click OK.

20.4 Perform Arming Control for Alarms

You can accept/enable and ignore/disable the configured alarm rules of selected resource(s). After
accepting/enabling one alarm rule, the current Control Client / platform can receive the triggered
alarm information from the alarm source. If you ignore/disable one alarm rule, the current Control
Client / platform cannot receive this alarm from the alarm source.
Steps

Note
You can also perform arming control for security control devices (such as arming/disarming
partitions, bypassing zones, etc.) and radars. For details, refer to Security Control .
1. In the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Alarm Center .
2. On the top right of the Alarm Center, click Arming Control to open the Arming Control window.

Note
You can also select → Tool → Arming Control to open the Arming Control window.
3. On the Arming Control window, click a number on the Alarm tab.

Figure 20-3 Arming Control

4. On the left panel, select a source type.

176
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

All the related areas will be listed and all the configured alarm rules of the selected source will
be displayed. You can check the Include Sub-Area to display the alarm rules of sources in the
child areas. If there are too many alarm rules, you can select a site or an area to display its alarm
rules.
5. Optional: If there are too many alarm rules, select a site or an area to display its alarm rules, or
click to set conditions to filter alarm rules.
6. Check alarm rule(s) to perform the arming control.

Note
● If the source is Alarm Input, an icon will display if there is an exception. You can view the
exception details by moving the cursor on the icon.
● The ignorance and acceptance settings in the Alarm Center only controls the alarm receiving
on the current Control Client. But the disabling and enabling settings in the Alarm Center
control the alarm receiving on the platform.

Ignore a. Check alarm rule(s) in Accepted status.

Alarm b. Click Ignore → Ignore Alarm to open the ignorance settings panel.
c. Set the start time, duration, or purpose of the ignorance.
d. Click Save to ignore the selected alarm rule(s).

Note
If you ignore an alarm rule, the current Control Client will not receive this alarm
during the ignorance duration even though it is triggered.
For example, if you set the ignorance duration to one hour, the alarm cannot be
received by the current Control Client, but will be recorded as a log on the
platform within one hour. The alarm will be received again by the current Control
Client after one hour.

Accept a. Check alarm rule(s) in Ignored status.

Alarm b. Click Accept → Accept Alarm to accept the selected alarm rule(s).

Note
If you accept an alarm rule, the current Control Client will receive this alarm and
you can view the alarm information on the current Control Client.

Disable a. Check alarm rule(s) in Enabled status.

Alarm b. Click Ignore → Disable Alarm to open the settings panel.
c. Set the start time, duration, or purpose of the disabling.
d. Click Save to disable the selected alarm rule(s).

Note
If you disable an alarm rule, the platform will not receive and record this alarm
during the disabling duration even though it is triggered.

177
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

For example, if you set the disabling duration to one hour, the alarm cannot be
received and recorded by the platform within one hour. The alarm will be received
again by the platform after one hour.

Enable a. Check alarm rule(s) in Disabled status.

Alarm b. Click Accept → Enable Alarm to enable the selected alarm rule(s).

Note
If you enable an alarm rule, the platform will receive this alarm and you can view
the alarm information on any client.

20.5 Event and Alarm Search

On the event & alarm search module, you can view the alarm overview, search the historical event
or alarm, and search the evidence by setting search condition as required.

20.5.1 Alarm Overview

In the alarm overview module, it gives you an overview of the alarm distribution, top 5 alarms and
top 5 warning zones.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Event & Alarm
Search → Overview to enter the Alarm Analysis page.

Figure 20-4 Alarm Analysis

You can click Set in the upper-right corner to customize the event or alarm types to be calculated in
the overview page.

178
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

In the upper area of the page, the number of events triggered in the last 7 days or last 30 days are
displayed in vertical bar chart.
In the lower-left area of the page, the top 5 alarms triggered in today, last 7 days or last 30 days are
displayed in horizontal bar chart.
In the lower-right area of the page, the top 5 areas with alarm in today, last 7 days or last 30 days
are displayed in horizontal bar chart.

20.5.2 Search Event and Alarm Logs

You can search the event and alarm log files of the added resource for checking.
Before You Start
You should configure the event and alarm settings via Web Client. See User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client for details.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Event &
Alarm Search → Event & Alarm Search to enter the Event & Alarm Search page.
2. Set the time range for search.
- Select a predefined time period for search.
- Select Custom Time Interval and specify the start time and end time for search.
3. Select the event type as All, Not Trigger Alarm or Trigger Alarm.
All
Both events and alarms.
Not Trigger Alarm
The events happened but were not triggered as alarms.
Trigger Alarm
The events happened and were triggered as alarms.
4. Optional: If you select Trigger Alarm, you can set the following filter conditions.
Marking Status
Switch Marking Status on and select Marked or Unmarked to filter the marked or unmarked
alarms/events.
Acknowledging Status
Switch Acknowledging Status on and select Acknowledged or Unacknowledged to filter the
acknowledged or unacknowledged alarms/events.
Alarm Priority
Select the priority level to filter the alarms/events by priority.
Category
Select the category to filter the alarms/events by category.
5. Enable Area and then click to select the area of the source.

179
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

6. Enable Triggered By and then select the triggering events and source from the current site or
Remote Sites.

Note
The Remote Site is only available for the Central System with Remote Site Management module
(based on the license you purchased).
7. Enable Event & Alarm Name to select the event/alarm name in the drop-down list.
8. Click Search.
The matched event or alarm logs display on the list.
9. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after searching for alarms and events.
View Event or Click the name of the searched event or alarm to view the details and the
Alarm Details linked
Mark Event Click to mark the event or alarm as desired. The color of the icon turns
and Alarm to .
Export Events Click in the Operation column to export the specified event or alarm to
and Alarms the local PC. And you can view the exporting process in the Download
Center by clicking in the top of the page.
Or click Export in the top right corner of the search result page and select
the format as Excel, CVS, or PDF to export all searched events and alarms to
the local PC.

Note
When exporting all events and alarms in Excel format, you can check
Include Picture Information to export the related pictures.

Switch to Click to open the Alarm Search or Event Search page as a auxiliary
Auxiliary screen. You can view the alarms or events on the auxiliary screen, as well as
Screen operating the other pages of the Control Client.

180
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 21 Manage Evidence

The Control Client allows you to save the recorded video footage as evidence if it contains
important information about incidents such as traffic accidents and violent crimes in case of the
need for settling disputes or legal cases.
This functionality is available when you search video footage, manually record video footage during
live view, manually clip video footage during playback, or download video footage in the Download
Center.

21.1 Save Manually Recorded Video as Evidence in Live View

During live view, you can manually record video footage which contains important information
about incidents such as traffic accident and violent crimes, and save it as evidence to the SFTP
(Secure File Transfer Protocol).
Before You Start
You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User Manuel
of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps

Note
You can set the SFTP when enabling evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the
User Manuel of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
1. Start live view.

Note
See Live View for details.
2. Click in the toolbar of the display window to start the manual recording.
The icon turns to
3. Click to stop recording.
A dialog will pop up.
4. Click Save as on the dialog to open the Save as panel.
5. Check Save as Evidence and then set the required information for the evidence.

Note
For details about the required information for the evidence, see Save Found Video Footage as
Evidence .
6. Click Save on the Save as panel.

181
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
You can search the saved evidence. For details, see Search Evidence .

21.2 Save Clipped Video as Evidence in Playback

During playback, you can manually clip video footage which contains important information about
incidents such as traffic accident and violent crimes, and save it as evidence to the SFTP (Secure
File Transfer Protocol).
Before You Start
You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User Manual
of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps

Note
You can set the SFTP address when enabling evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see
the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
1. Start playback.

Note
For details, see Playback .
2. Click to start clipping.
The icon turns to .
3. Click to stop clipping.
A dialog will pop up.
4. Click Save as on the dialog to open the Save as panel.
5. Check Save as Evidence and then set the required information for the evidence.

Note
For details of the required information for the evidence, see Save Found Video Footage as
Evidence .
6. Click Save on the Save as panel.

Note
You can search the saved the evidence. For details, see Search Evidence .

182
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

21.3 Save Found Video Footage as Evidence

After searching for video footage under specific conditions, you can export the matched video
footage as evidence if the video footage contains information of the incidents such as traffic
accidents and violent crimes.
Before You Start
You should have enabled evidence management on the Web Client. For details, see the Manage
Evidence chapter in the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps

Note
You can set the SFTP address when enabling evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see
the Manage Evidence chapter in the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
1. Search video footage.

Note
For details, see Video Search .
2. Enter the Export panel.
- On the video file list, click the time range to play back the video file, and then click .
- Select video file(s) from the video file list, and then click Export at the upper-right side.

183
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 21-1 The Export Panel

3. Select format for the saved video footage.
4. Optional: Check Merge Recorded Files to merge the video footage of one camera into one video
file.
5. Check Save as Evidence and then select Create Evidence or Add to Existing Evidence.
Create Evidence
Set the parameters such as evidence ID, evidence type, and evidence status to create a new
evidence.

Note
You can add and delete the evidence type, organization on site, and conclusion/result on the
Web Client, see the Manage Evidence chapter in the User Manual of HikCentral Professional
Web Client for details.
Evidence Type
Select the type of accident or criminal incident recorded in the video file(s).
Organization on Site

184
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

The organization or personnel (e.g., police, fire department) on the site of the accident or
criminal incident.
Evidence Status
Select Closed if the related case is settled, and select Open if the related-case is pending.
Add to Existing Evidence
Add the video file(s) to existing evidence. After saving the video file(s) as evidence, you can
see the video file in the Content of Evidence section on the evidence details panel. For
details, see Search Evidence .
6. Optional: Check Download VSPlayer to download VSPlayer when exporting the video footage.

Note
This option is available when you select AVI or MP4 as the format.
7. Click Save to save the video file(s) as evidence.
The video file(s) will be downloaded in the Download Center, and then be uploaded as evidence
to the SFTP (Secure File Transfer Protocol).

Note
● For details about the Download Center, see Manage Downloading Tasks .
● You can configure the SFTP. See the Manage Evidence chapter in the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client for details.
● You can search the saved evidence. For details, see Search Evidence .

21.4 Save Downloaded Video Footage as Evidence

When the downloading task is completed in the Download Center, you can save the downloaded
video footage as evidence if it contains important information about incidents such as traffic
accidents and violent crimes.
Before You Start
You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User Manual
of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps

Note
For details about managing downloading tasks, see Manage Downloading Tasks .
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Management → Download
Center .
2. Click Done to view the completed task.
3. Select the downloaded video footage and then click Save as to open the Save As panel.
4. Check Save as Evidence and then set the required information for the evidence.

185
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For details about the required information for the evidence, see Save Found Video Footage as
Evidence .
5. Click Save on the Save As Panel.
The saved video footage will be uploaded to the SFTP (Secure File Transfer Protocol).

Note
● You can set the SFTP address when enabling evidence collection on the Web Client. For
details, see the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
● You can search the saved evidence. For details, see Search Evidence .

21.5 Search Evidence

Evidence in HikCentral Professional refers to the video footage which contains information for
settling disputes or criminal cases. You can search the evidence by setting search conditions.
Before You Start
● You should have enabled evidence collection on the Web Client. For details, see the User Manual

of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● You should have saved video footage as evidence. For details, see Manage Evidence .

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Investigation → Evidence
Search .
2. Set the search conditions such as evidence ID, keywords, and evidence status, etc.

186
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 21-2 Evidence Search Page

Evidence Status
Open
The related dispute or criminal case has NOT been settled.
Closed
The related dispute or criminal case has been settled.
3. Click Search.
The matched evidence will be displayed.
4. Optional: Perform the following operations.
Download Click Download to download the evidence (video) to local PC.
Evidence
Edit Evidence a. Click the evidence name to view enter the evidence details page.
Information b. Edit evidence information such as evidence type, result/conclusion.
c. Click Save.

187
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Export Evidence Select evidence and then click Export and then select CSV or Excel to
Information export the evidence information to local PC as CSV file or Excel file
respectively.

Note
You can check the exporting task in the Download Center.

Close Evidence Select evidence and then click Close Evidence to set the evidence status
to Closed if the related case is settled.
Delete Evidence Select evidence and then click Delete.

188
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 22 Smart Wall

Smart wall provides security personnel with a larger overview of the regions they want to watch
for any small or big unusual movement or activity. Large number of surveillance resources (such as
cameras, maps) can be displayed on the smart wall for continuous monitoring. With the help of the
Smart Wall, the security personnel can respond to the incidents effectively.
HikCentral Professional provides two modes of smart walls: Smart Wall (Decoding Device) and
Smart Wall (Graphic Card).
In Smart Wall (Decoding Device) mode, the decoding devices can decode the streams and display
the cameras' images on the display units connected to the decoding devices.
In Smart Wall (Graphic Card) mode, the graphic card of the PC running the Control Client will
decode the images and other contents (such as pages of the Control Client) and display on the
screens connected to the PC.

22.1 Manage Smart Wall (Decoding Device)

A Smart Wall (Decoding Device) is a special multi-monitor setup that consists of multiple monitors,
screens or display units tiled together contiguously or overlapped in order to form one large
screen, so that you can get a complete overview of large surveillance centers. With the smart wall,
you can easily create views defining window division and content for the managed smart wall.
What's more, the video triggered by event can also be displayed on smart wall to help operator
quickly focus on the most critical matters. For example, if a door is opened, the smart wall can be
configured to display the video of the camera nearest to the door.
This type of smart wall is mainly used in medium and large surveillance scenarios, such as
surveillance center. In these scenarios, more than four display units are required to display the
images.

Figure 22-1 Application Scenario: Smart Wall (Decoding Device)

189
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Before decoding and display, you need to add decoding devices (such as video wall controllers and
decoders) to the system, and create virtual smart walls via the Web Client. Then you need to link
the decoding devices' decoding output to the windows of the virtual smart wall.
After the above configuration, the Control Client supports displaying camera's video on the smart
wall to get a complete and clear overview of the videos.
In the top left corner of Home page, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to open the
Smart Wall (Decoding Device) module.

Figure 22-2 Smart Walls

Click / to open or close the smart wall remotely.
The following icons are available on the Smart Wall window.

Note
The icons displayed vary with the capability of smart walls.

Icon Description
When the smart wall settings on the SYS server are changed (e.g., more smart walls
are added, linked decoding outputs are changed, decoding devices are deleted), a red
dot will appear on this icon. Click it to synchronize the smart wall information.
Set to display the window No. on the smart wall, or view the details of the smart wall.
/ Unlock or lock the window. When you lock the window, you cannot display the video
on this window or stop decoding and displaying on the window.
Set the window division for the selected display window of smart wall. Double-click on
the split window to enlarge the window.
/ Display or hide the VCA rules on the display window of smart wall, such as configured
target detection frames for VCA event.
Stop all the windows' playing.

190
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Icon Description
Save the current settings to the view or to other view. In this way, you can easily view
the required live videos on the smart wall by calling this view.

Note
For details, refer to View Settings .

Click to view the view schedule of the current smart wall. You can change the
schedule as needed.

Note
For details about how to define the schedule, refer to Set Schedule for Displaying
Views on Smart Wall .

Create a roaming window to open a virtual window on the screen(s).

/ Click and drag the cursor to select windows to be joined. Click and the joined
windows will be split.
Open a window by setting coordinates, height, and width.
/ The client will display or hide the images the same as those on the smart wall.
Add a text window to enter texts as needed.
Add a window to display the time whose format can be customized.
/ Show or hide the text window or clock window.
Set and save the layout template of the window.
Select a screen to display the desktop.
/ Top the window or set the window to the bottom.
Select a logo for the window.

22.1.1 Decode and Display Directly

After setting the smart wall via Web Client, the video streams from the camera can be decoded by
the configured decoding outputs, and then you can display the decoded videos on the smart wall.
Before You Start
Add the smart wall via Web Client. For details, refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web
Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to enter
the Smart Wall page.

191
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

2. Select a smart wall.

3. Click in the upper-right corner of the smart wall window to select a window division mode.
4. Display resources on smart wall.
- Display Signal Source on Smart Wall: Click Device Signal Source on the left panel. Select a
signal source from the drop-down list, and drag the signal source to display window of the
smart wall.
- Display Camera on Smart Wall: Click Network Signal Source on the left panel. Select a camera
from the drop-down list, and double-click a camera name or drag the camera to the layout
area of smart wall to display the camera on the smart wall.

Note
It is only available for the central system with Remote Site Management module (based on
the license you purchased).
- Batch Display Cameras on Smart Wall: Click Network Signal Source on the left panel. Hold
the Ctrl key and select multiple cameras in an area or different areas, and then drag them to
the layout area of smart wall and click Play in Batch to display multiple cameras on the smart
wall in a batch.
- Display Area on Smart Wall: Click Network Signal Source on the left panel. Select a site from
the drop-down list, and double-click the area or drag the area to the layout area of smart wall
to display the resources in the area on the smart wall.

Note
If there are multiple resources in the area, when you drag it to the layout area of smart wall,
you need to select Play in Batch or Single-Screen Auto-Switch to display each resource in one
display window or display area auto-switch in one display window on the smart wall. For more
details about area auto-switch, refer to Auto-Switch Cameras in One Window .
- Display View on Smart Wall: Click on the left , and double-click the view name to display
on smart wall.

Figure 22-3 Display Live Video on Smart Wall

The decoded video stream is displayed on the smart wall.
5. Optional: Select a display window which is linked with the camera to display the live video on
the large window at the bottom of the page, and then perform the following operation(s).
View Camera Click to show the camera's frame rate, resolution, and stream format.
Status

192
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Switch Stream On the Web Client, you can set the default stream type of the live video of
the cameras displaying on the smart wall. If you want to change the
stream, such as changing to main stream to get better image quality, you
can switch stream manually as follows.
Click or to switch the live view stream to main stream, sub-stream, or
smooth stream.

Note
Smooth stream needs to be supported by device.

Enable PTZ Click to enable PTZ (pan, tilt, zoom) control function on the display
Control window. And then you can control PTZ and set preset, patrol, and pattern.
See PTZ Control for details.
Switch to Click to switch to playback mode. For details, refer to Play Video File .
Playback
Stop Decoding Click or to stop the decoding and displaying for the specified window
and Displaying or all windows.

Note
For the locked windows and alarm linked windows, you cannot stop the
decoding and displaying.

22.1.2 View Settings

You can set the view and organize the views into a group for displaying the video on smart wall
conveniently. You can also perform the view auto-switch for the view group on the smart wall.

Add View Group

With view group, you can group the related views together for ease of viewing and management.
For example, all the views of building A can be placed in one view group to reflect their
relationships in the real world.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to enter
the Smart Wall page.
2. Click to open the View window.
3. Select Public View or Private View to add this view group.

193
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
● The view groups and views belonging to the public view can be seen by all the system users.

● The view groups and views belonging to the private view can only be seen by the user who

has added it.

4. Click to open Add View Group window.
5. Edit the group name or use the default one.
6. Click Save to add the group.
7. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after adding the view group.
Edit View Group Select the view group and click to edit the view group name.
Delete View Group Select the view group and click to delete the group.

Add View
View defines which cameras are displayed on the monitors of the smart wall. In this way, you can
quickly access the frequently used cameras on smart wall for an excellent overview.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to enter
the Smart Wall page.
2. Display the videos of cameras on the smart wall.

Note
For more details, refer to Decode and Display Directly .
3. Click to open the View window.
4. Select a view group.
5. Click to open Add View window.
6. Enter the view name or use the default one.
7. Optional: Set Schedule Play switch to on and set when to automatically display the view on
smart wall.

Note
For more details about how to set view schedule, refer to Set Schedule for Displaying Views on
Smart Wall .
8. Click Save to save the view.
9. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after adding the view.
Start Decoding and Double-click the view to start decoding and displaying on smart
Displaying wall conveniently.
Edit View Click to edit the name of the view.
Delete View Click to delete the view.

194
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Set Schedule for Displaying Views on Smart Wall

The view schedule is used to define when to automatically display the view on smart wall.
According to the schedule, the view will play on the smart wall at the time point(s) or the fixed
time point(s) on regular date(s) in one week repeatedly.
When adding a view, enable Scheduled Play and do one of the followings:
● Check Repeated Play, select the days in one week, and set a regular time for displaying the view

on smart wall.
● Uncheck Repeated Play, and set a specific time for displaying the view on smart wall.

Figure 22-4 Set Schedule

Click to view the view schedules of the current smart wall.

22.1.3 Perform View Auto-Switch

View auto-switch is used for displaying the views of a view group one after the other. You can
specify the interval between view changes.
Before You Start
Add at least two views into one view group, see Add View for details.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to enter
the Smart Wall page.
2. Click to open the View window.
3.
Click beside the view name to set the auto-switch interval.

Note
The view group is not supported to set the auto-switch interval.

195
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

22.1.4 Auto-Switch Cameras in One Window

Auto-switch in one window is used for displaying the videos from the cameras in an area or
different areas, one after another, in a single window. You can specify the interval between camera
changes.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to enter
the Smart Wall page.
2. Click Network Signal Source on the left panel to enter the Camera page.
3. Select area or cameras for auto-switch.
- Drag an area on the left panel to the window linked with a decoding output.

Note
Make sure the cameras have been added to the area. See User Manual of HikCentral
Professional Web Client.
- Hold the Ctrl key and select multiple cameras in an area or different areas, and then drag
them to the window linked with a decoding output.

Note
Up to 32 cameras can be selected for auto-switch in one window.
4. Click Single-Screen Auto-Switch in the pop-up menu to display the videos of the cameras in one
display window of the smart wall.
The cameras starts switching automatically on the smart wall.
5. Optional: Click << or >> in the toolbar of the video view to set the auto-switch interval.

22.1.5 Create a Roaming Window

Windowing is to open a virtual window on the screen(s). The window can be within a screen or
span multiple screens. You can move the window on the valid screens as desired and this function
is called roaming. With windowing and roaming function, you can create custom window and the
window size and position will not be limited by the actual screen(s).
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to enter
the Smart Wall page.
2. Click and drag on the screens which are linked to decoding outputs to open a window.

Note
● Screens linked to BNC outputs are not available for opening a window.
● You can also click to open a window by setting coordinates, height, and width.

196
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 22-5 Open a Window

3. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after opening a window.
Roam Click on the window and hold the mouse to move the window within the
scope of the valid screens.
Adjust Window Move your cursor to the window edges and adjust the window size when
Size the cursor becomes a directional arrow.
Enlarge Window Double-click the window and it will be enlarged to fill the spanned screens
and display on the top layer. Double-click again to restore.
Display Window Select one window when there're overlapped windows and right-click the
on Top Layer window to display it on the top layer.

22.1.6 View Alarm's Related Video on Smart Wall

If you have enabled the smart wall linkage for an alarm, the live view of cameras or public views
related to the alarm will pop up on the chosen smart wall when the alarm is triggered. Therefore,
you will know alarm details in a timely manner for further operations.
● When an alarm linked with multiple cameras in one display window is triggered, the window will
be divided into an adaptive division mode and show the videos of all cameras.
● When multiple alarms linked with one display window are triggered, the window will be divided
into an adaptive division mode and show the alarms' related videos.
● When each alarm linked with multiple display windows is triggered, every window will show one
alarm's related video. If the alarms exceed the window limit, the window will be divided into an
adaptive division mode and show the more alarms' related videos.
For example, there are alarm A, alarm B, alarm C and alarm D are linked with window 1, window
2 and window 3 of smart wall. When alarm A, alarm B, and alarm C are triggered, the display
window of smart wall will show as the left figure below. When alarm D is also triggered, the
display window will show as the right figure below.

197
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 22-6 Multiple Alarms Displayed on Smart Wall

Note
The alarm rules of the alarms displayed in the windows will not be changed when the window
division mode changes.

22.1.7 View and Export Window No. and Camera ID

When displaying live view on smart wall, you can use a keyboard for convenient operations such as
starting live view on smart wall, PTZ control, etc. If you want to display certain camera's live view in
certain window on the smart wall, you should press the camera's identifier number and target
window number on the keyboard, which are called Camera ID and Window No.
In the Web Client, you can set a unique ID for each camera added in the system. For details, refer
to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Tool → Smart Wall to enter the
Smart Wall page, and click → Window No. & Camera ID → Display Window No. to show the
number of each window.
If you want to export a document which contains the IDs of all the cameras and smart wall
information (such as smart wall name, row and column, etc.) as a reference, click → Window
No. & Camera ID → View Window No. and Camera ID to generate a document.
Click Download to download this document and save it in local PC. You can print it if necessary.

Note
● The exported file is in PDF format.
● The exported document also contains smart wall No., which are used for selecting smart wall via
network keyboard.

198
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

22.2 Manage Smart Wall (Graphic Card)

Smart Wall (Graphic Card) is hardware independent. It doesn't require any decoding resources
such as video wall controllers or decoders. The PC running the client can decode the streams by its
graphic card and then display the content on the screens connected to the PC. As a result, it is cost
efficient solution and easy deployment.
This type of smart wall is mainly used in small surveillance scenarios, such as supermarket, with
less than four display units required.

Figure 22-7 Application Scenario: Smart Wall (Graphic Card)

In this smart wall mode, you can display not only the camera's videos on the smart wall, but also
other display contents such as maps, health status, Monitoring page, etc.

Note
Up to four screens are supported as smart walls for one Control Client in this mode.

22.2.1 Display Contents on Smart Wall in Smart Wall Mode

A variety of contents (e.g., video, map, face comparison) can be shared on the smart wall to help
you respond quickly and effectively. The smart wall (graphic card) mode provides a convenient way
to set up initial smart wall, check complete overview of the smart wall layout, or adjust the layout
of the smart wall. You can select the desired smart screen and enter this mode to set window
division, adjust layout, display contents on smart wall or perform other operations.
Before You Start
Make sure you have enabled GPU Hardware Decoding function in System → Video → Display .
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .

199
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

2. Click Smart Wall on the left to enter smart wall page.

3. Enter Smart Wall Mode.
- Double-click a smart wall in the smart wall list.
- Drag a smart wall from the smart wall list to the layout area of smart wall.
4. Optional: Click at the top to choose the predefined window division to layout the display
window of the smart wall.
5. In smart wall mode, display contents on the smart wall.
- Display Camera on Smart Wall: Double-click a camera name or drag the camera to the layout
area of smart wall area to display the camera on the smart wall.
- Display Map on Smart Wall: Double-click the map or drag the map to the layout area of smart
wall to display the map on the smart wall.
- Display Area on Smart Wall: Double-click the area or drag the area to the layout area of smart
wall to display the resources in the area on the smart wall.

Note
If there are multiple resources in the area, when you drag it to the layout area of smart wall,
you need to select Play in Batch or Single-Screen Auto-Switch to display each resource in one
display window or display area auto-switch in one display window on the smart wall.
- Display View on Smart Wall: Drag the view to the layout area of smart wall and select Single-
Screen Auto-Switch or Replace Current View to display the auto-switch view in one display
window or replace current display content on smart wall.
- Display View Group on Smart Wall: Drag the view group to the layout area of smart wall to
display auto-switch of each view in one display window on smart wall.
- Display Face Comparison on Smart Wall: Double-click the face comparison group or drag it to
the layout area of smart wall to display the face comparison result on the smart wall.
6. Optional: In smart wall (graphic card) mode, perform one of the following operations.
View Resource You can view all resource channels displayed on smart wall.
Channel
Adjust Display Drag one display window to another to adjust the layout order on
Window smart wall.
Edit Name Click and select Edit Name to edit the name of the smart wall.
Show Smart Wall Click and select Show Smart Wall to show the name on the
smart wall.
Display or Do Not Click to disable alarm display on the corresponding screen when
Display Alarm on an alarm is triggered. Click to restore alarm display on the screen.
Screen
Exit Smart Wall Mode Click Exit Smart Wall Mode to exit the mode.

200
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

22.2.2 Display Contents on Smart Wall in Live View Mode

During live view, if you see something important in the live view window, for example, a suspect
caught by one camera or a VIP matched in the face comparison panel, you can display these
contents on the smart wall to get a complete and larger overview.
After displaying the live contents on the smart wall (on another display) in this mode, you can
continue view other live content, or perform other operations on the Control Client on the current
display, without changing the content that smart wall displays. This function lets you keep an eye
on your smart wall while working in Control Client. For example, the smart wall continues to show
the current video while you start playback of this camera on the Control Client.

Display All Contents in Live View on Smart Wall

In the Monitoring module, you can display all contents you are viewing in the displaying windows
onto the smart wall (graphic card) to get a larger overview by a one-touch operation.

Note
Make sure you have enabled GPU Hardware Decoding function in System → Video → Display .

After starting live view, click in the upper-right corner on the Control Client and select a smart
wall to display all the displaying windows on the smart wall.

Figure 22-8 Display All Contents in Live View on Smart Wall

201
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
The contents include all the resources displayed in the display area, such as video of the cameras,
maps, face comparison groups, access points, etc.

Hover the cursor on the top the displaying smart wall screen and click Exit Smart Wall Mode to
stop displaying the contents on smart wall.

Display Camera on Smart Wall

You can display the live view of a camera on the smart wall without decoding, so as to show details
of the monitored area of the camera in a timely manner.
Before You Start
● Connect your PC to at least one smart wall.

● Make sure you have enabled GPU Hardware Decoding function in System → Video → Display .

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Optional: Click to select a window division mode.
3. Display the live view of a camera on smart wall.
- Hover the cursor on a live view window, click in the window's toolbar, and then select a
smart wall.

Note
You can also click Smart Wall (Decoding Device) to decode and display this camera on smart
wall.
- Hover the cursor on a camera's name, click , and then hover the cursor on Display on
Smart Wall to select a smart wall.
4. Optional: Use a USB keyboard (such as DS-1005KI) to start live view of a certain camera on
smart wall by pressing the camera's identifier number.

Note
In the Web Client, you can set a unique ID for each camera added in the system. For details,
refer to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

Display Area on Smart Wall

You can display all the cameras' live view in an area on the smart wall to view the details in an area
in a timely manner for an overview of the area.
Before You Start
● Connect your PC to at least one smart wall.

● Make sure you have enabled GPU Hardware Decoding function in System → Video → Display .

202
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Hover the cursor on an area's name, click , and then hover the cursor on Display on Smart
Wall to select a smart wall to display all cameras in the area on the smart wall.

Display Map on Smart Wall

You can display e-map and GIS map on smart wall to show the overall layout and locations of the
added devices, or devices of a certain type. The alarm information will be displayed on the smart
wall as well when an alarm is triggered.
Before You Start
● Configure a GIS map or e-map via the Web Client beforehand. For details, see User Manual of

HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● Make sure you have enabled GPU Hardware Decoding function in System → Video → Display .

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Optional: Click to select a window division mode.
3. Display a map on smart wall.
- Hover the cursor on Map, click , and then move the cursor on Display on Smart Wall to
select a smart wall.
- Double-click Map to display it on the right panel. Click in the upper-right corner of the
map-displaying window and select a smart wall.

Note
The devices added to the map will be displayed with the map.

Display View on Smart Wall

If you have saved a view, you can display it on smart wall in a timely manner with the saved
window division and the correspondence between cameras and windows.
Before You Start
Save at least a view beforehand. For details, see Manage View .
.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring .
2. Click to open the View panel.
3. Hover the cursor on a view name, click , and then hover the cursor on Display on Smart Wall
to select a smart wall.
The view will be displayed on the selected smart wall in the saved window division mode.

203
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

22.2.3 Display Alarm's Related Video on Smart Wall

If you have enabled the smart wall linkage for an alarm, the live view of cameras or public views
related to the alarm will pop up on the chosen smart wall when the alarm is triggered. Therefore,
you will know alarm details in a timely manner for further operations. You can also manually
display live view of one of the alarm-related cameras on the smart wall.
Before You Start
● Configure an alarm (and enable smart wall linkage for it) via the Web Client beforehand. For

details, see User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

● Make sure you have enabled GPU Hardware Decoding function in System → Video → Display .

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Alarm Center
to enter the Alarm Center module.
The information of triggered alarms will be displayed.
2. Optional: Click an alarm to display the live view of the alarm in the Related Video & Picture
window in the lower-left corner of the client for a preview.
3. Display live view of a camera related to an alarm on smart wall.

Figure 22-9 Display Alarm's Related Video on Smart Wall

If you are viewing the camera's video in the Related Video & Picture window, click Display Alarm
on Smart Wall under the window to select a smart wall.
4. Optional: Hover the cursor on the top of the displaying smart wall to show the Exit Smart Wall
Mode bar, and then click to enable automatic alarm-video display on the current wall.
● The icon turns to . The related cameras or views of the alarms configured with smart wall
linkage can be displayed on the smart wall automatically when triggered.

Figure 22-10 Exit Smart Wall Mode Bar

● If you have disabled automatic alarm-video display on the current wall, the smart wall name
will turn to (Alarm Disabled)Smart Wall Name.

Figure 22-11 Smart Wall Name with Alarm Disabled

Note
This configuration won't be changed after restarting the Control Client.

204
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

5. Select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring → Smart Wall , and then double-
click the working smart wall's name to enter the Smart Wall Mode on the client.
● The windows of the alarm-related cameras will be displayed in the right panel with a red title

bar in tile mode with every camera's name showing in the respective windows.

Figure 22-12 Display Alarm on Smart Wall

● For alarm-related view, the view will be displayed in the right panel covering the images you

are currently viewing in the saved window division mode.

6. Optional: Perform the following operations if you need.
View Alarm Details Click a red title bar on the client to open the alarm information
window for details.
Switch to Auto- Click to switch between tile mode and auto-switching mode for
Switching Mode the alarm-related cameras.

Note
● In auto-switching mode, you can hover the cursor on the displaying window to perform
operations including stream switching, switching between instant playback and live view,
recording, camera switching, fast forward and slow forward.
● Up to 64 windows can be displayed on the smart wall. You can perform the above-mentioned
tasks to control the live view displaying of the cameras and views.
● If you have enabled alarm on the smart wall, live view of alarms with higher priority will cover
that of alarms with lower priority before the due time of smart wall displaying.
● You can configure the due time of smart wall displaying via the Web Client. For details, see
User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.
● When multiple alarms with the same camera/view linkage are triggered, the alarms will be
displayed on smart wall showing alarm number. When new alarm with the camera/view
linkage is triggered, the number will change. The alarm window title shows the alarm's name
with the highest priority. Hover your cursor on alarm name, you can view all alarms in time
and priority order and handle them in a batch.

205
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 22-13 Display Multiple Alarms with Same Camera/View Linkage on Smart Wall

22.2.4 Display Health Monitoring Page on Smart Wall

You can display the health monitoring page on smart wall for an overview status of the added
devices and HikCentral Professional Service.
Before You Start
Add devices to HikCentral Professional via the Web Client. For details, see User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Health
Monitoring to enter the Health Monitoring module.
The overview status of the added devices and HikCentral Professional Service will be displayed.
2. Click in the upper-right corner of the client and select a smart wall to display the health
monitoring page on smart wall.

206
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 22-14 Display Health Monitoring Page on Smart Wall

3. Optional: Click Exit Smart Wall Mode on smart wall to stop displaying the health monitoring
page on smart wall.

22.2.5 Display Desktop on Smart Wall

For certain scenarios, you can share the contents of your desktop on the smart wall for better
display and experience. You can add the PC running RSC server to HikCentral Professional, and
display that on smart wall like a normal camera.
Steps
1. Install the RSC server in local PC, and set the password for RSC server.

Note
You can contact our technical support to get the installation package of RSC Server.

Caution
The password strength of the device can be automatically checked. We highly recommend you
change the password of your own choosing (using a minimum of 8 characters, including at least
three kinds of following categories: upper case letters, lower case letters, numbers, and special
characters) in order to increase the security of your product. And we recommend you change
your password regularly, especially in the high security system, changing the password monthly
or weekly can better protect your product.
Proper configuration of all passwords and other security settings is the responsibility of the
installer and/or end-user.
2. Enter Encoding Device Management page of Web Client to add the PC (regarded as an encoding
device) running RSC server to HikCentral Professional by IP address.

207
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
When adding the PC to HikCentral Professional, the default port number is 8000, and the
password should be the same with the one configured on RSC server in Step 1.
3. Optional: Configure related settings on Web Client if required, such as adding the virtual camera
of PC to area, configuring recording, setting streaming server, etc.

Note
● After adding virtual camera of PC to area, you can perform basic operations as the same with

the normal cameras.

● If you want to record the video for the desktop displayed on the smart wall, you need to

configure recording parameters for the virtual camera, and you cannot select encoding device
as storage location.
● The virtual camera of PC is not calculated as the camera number of the license you purchased.

4. On Control Client, select → All Modules → Surveillance → Monitoring to enter the

Monitoring module.
5. Display your desktop on smart wall.
- Enter Smart Wall Mode, and double-click the name of virtual camera of PC or drag the virtual
camera of PC to the layout area of smart wall area to display the desktop on the smart wall.

Note
For more details about how to enter Smart Wall Mode, refer to Display Contents on Smart
Wall in Smart Wall Mode .
- Click Logical Resource tab, and hover the cursor on the name of virtual camera of PC. Then
you can click → Display on Smart Wall and select a smart wall to display the desktop on
the smart wall.
The virtual camera's icon will turn to , and your desktop will be displayed on the smart wall.

208
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 23 Broadcast
On the Control Client, you can broadcast to the devices or speaker units which have been added to
the Web Client. After broadcasting, you can search for the broadcast records.

23.1 Broadcast to Connected Speaker Unit

You can broadcast to the connected speaker unit(s) by selecting the specific speaker unit(s) and the
broadcast mode. The corresponding audio file or the user's voice will broadcast on the speaker
unit(s) in real time.
Before You Start
● Make sure you have grouped speaker units on the Web Client.

● Make sure you have added speaker unit(s) to area(s) on the Web Client.

● Make sure you have added media file(s) to the media library on the Web Client.

● For details about the above operations, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web

Client.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Tool → Broadcasting to open the Broadcast
window.
2. Click By Speaker Unit on the top of the window.
3. Select the speaker unit(s) for broadcast.

Note
You should select the online speaker unit(s).
- Check Group, and select one or more speaker units from speaker unit group(s).

Note
You can click Display Speaker Units Not Grouped to display the speaker unit(s) that are not
grouped.
- Check Area, and select one or more speaker units from the area(s) where the speaker units
are added.
4. Select the broadcast mode.
- Check Speak.
- Check Play Audio, and select an audio file from the media library.

Note
You can click Download to download and play the selected audio file beforehand to ensure
the audio will broadcast fluently and correctly.
5. Click Start.

209
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

What to do next
Speak to the PC microphone or play the audio file.

23.2 Broadcast to Connected Devices

Perform the broadcast function to distribute audio content to the added device if the device has an
audio output.

Note
● Make sure the PC has available microphone for broadcasting audio to the device.
● If the client is performing two-way audio with the device's camera, you cannot start
broadcasting with the device, and vice versa.
● The Cloud P2P device supports broadcasting if it enables DDNS.

a. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Tool → Broadcasting → By Device .
b. Select an existing device group or click to add a device group if needed, and then click Add to
select the device(s) to broadcast to.
c. Start or stop broadcasting.

Start All Click Start All to start broadcasting to the selected device(s).

Note
You can view the real-time broadcast status.

Stop All Click Stop All to stop broadcasting to the selected device(s).

23.3 Search for Live Broadcast Records

You can set search conditions including the start time, end time, and the broadcaster to search for
live broadcast records.
Before You Start
● Make sure you have finished live broadcast. Refer to Broadcast to Connected Speaker Unit for

details.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Home page, select → All Modules → Investigation → Live
Broadcast and Recording .
2. Set the start time.
3. Set the end time.
4. Enter the keyword(s) of the broadcaster.
5. Click Search.

210
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

You can view the search results on the right side and view the details of each record, including
the broadcaster, the number of the receiver (i.e., speaker unit), the start time, and the file size.
6. Optional: Perform the following operations.
Download Click on the Operation column to download the broadcasted audio.
View Receiver Click to view the receiver.

211
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 24 Intelligent Analysis Report

Reports, created for a specified period, are essential documents, which are used to check whether
a business runs smoothly and effectively. In HikCentral Professional, reports can be generated daily,
weekly, monthly, annually, and by custom time period. The reports can also be added to the
dashboard for browsing at a glance. You can use reports as basis in creating decisions, addressing
problems, checking tendency and comparison, etc.

24.1 Customize Report Dashboard

The report dashboard provides an at-a-glance view for the reports supported by the system, such
as people counting report, vehicle analysis report, and queue analysis report. You can customize
the report dashboard as required.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis →
Dashboard .
2. Optional: Click → Add Dashboard on the report dashboard page to add a new dashboard.

Note
You can add up to 100 dashboards.
The new dashboard appears and it is named as "Dashboard + The Time When It was Added" by
default. For example, in "Dashboard20190916102436", "2019" represents year, "09" month,
"16" date, "10" hour, "24" minute, and "26" second.
3. Optional: Edit dashboard(s).
1) Click to expanded the added dashboard(s).
2) Click to edit the dashboard name or click to delete the dashboard.
4. Add report(s) to a dashboard and edit the report(s).
1) Select a report type and generate the report.
2) Click Add on the report page to add the report to dashboard.
The report appears on the selected dashboard.
3) Perform the following operations.
● Add More Reports: Click Add Report to add more reports to the dashboard.

● View Report in Larger Window: Click to view the report in larger window.
● Edit Report Name: Click and then click Edit.
● Delete Report from Dashboard: Click and then click Delete.

212
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 24-1 Report Dashboard

5. Switch time to view report data.
1) Select a dashboard and then click Switch Time to View to set the report type and time.
Report Type
Select the time basis for the reports. For example, daily report shows data on a daily basis.
Time
Set the specific time for generating the reports. For example, if you select Custom Time
Interval as the report type, you can click to specify a time interval for generating report
data.
2) Click Save to change the default time basis of all the reports in the dashboard to the time you
set in the previous sub step.
6. Optional: Export report(s) on the dashboard to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export to display the Export panel.
2) Select report(s) from the report list.
3) Select Excel or CSV as the format of the exported report(s).
4) Click Export.

24.2 Generate People Counting Report

You can manually generate a entry & exit counting report to view the entry & exit statistics in a line
chart or histogram. You can also export the report to the local PC.
Before You Start
Make sure you have properly configured the camera with a people counting rule for the required
area. To configure the people counting rule, refer to the user manual of people counting camera.

213
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Steps
1. In the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis → People Counting .
2. Select the statistics type as Entry & Exit.
3. Select the analysis type.
People Counting for One Camera
A people counting report based on the data from the cameras you select will be generated.
You can compare the data of different cameras.
People Counting in One Region
A people counting report based on the data from the people counting groups you select will
be generated. You can compare the data of different groups.

Note
Make sure you have added people counting groups. For details, refer to the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
4. Select people counting camera(s) or people counting group(s) based on the analysis type you set
in the previous step.
- Select Camera(s):
a. Click .
b. Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down list to show its people counting
cameras.

Note
Only people counting cameras and people counting groups will be displayed here.
c. Check the people counting camera(s) for statistics and click any position outside the
selection region to go back to the Camera list.
d. Check the cameras in the Camera list.

Note
Up to 20 people counting cameras can be selected for statistics at the same time.
- Select Group(s):
Check the added people counting group(s) for statistics.
5. Set the report type to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or customize
the time interval for a report.
Daily Report
The daily report shows data on a daily basis. The system will calculate the number of people
in each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
As compared to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, and annual report can be less
time-consuming, since they are not to be submitted every day. The system will calculate the

214
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

number of people in each day of one week, in each day of one month, and in each month of
one year.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze the number of people in each day or
month of the custom time interval.
6. In the Time field, set the time or time period for statistics.

Note
For custom time interval report, you need to set the start time and end time to specify the time
period.
7. Click Generate Report.

Figure 24-2 People Counting Report (Entry & Exit)

The statistics of all the selected item(s) are displayed in the right panel.
8. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after generating the people counting report.
Show/Hide Certain Click the legend to show or hide the data of a certain element, such
Data as a certain camera.
View Entered/Exited/ Select Enter, Exit, or Enter and Exit from the drop-down list. The
Both Entered and total statistics and all the selected cameras' statistics are displayed
Exited Statistics and marked with different colors.
View Both Entered Click the camera or group name on the page below to view the chart
and Exited Statistics of a camera or group.
of a Camera or Group
View Linked Video For line chart, if the selected report type is daily report, weekly
report, or monthly report, click the line on the line chart to play the
linked video.

215
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

For histogram, if the selected report type is daily report, click the
rectangle on the histogram to play the linked video.
Switch Between Line Select or on the upper-left corner to switch between line chart
Chart and Histogram (displaying the trend for the number of people on different time
points) and histogram (for comparison).
9. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display camera selected and time configured according to the range you
defined previously.
2) (Optional) Select the camera or group and set the report type and report time if needed.
3) Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export
1or 24 records respectively for each camera.

Note
If you select By Minute, the records amount depends on the configuration on the device. For
example, if the device reports people counting data to the system every minute, it will export
24*60 records for each camera.
4) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

24.3 Generate People Counting Report (Entry Rate)

You can manually generate a entry rate analysis report to view the entry rate statistics in a line
chart or histogram. You can also export the report to the local PC.
Before You Start
Make sure you have properly configured the camera with a people counting rule for the required
area. To configure the people counting rule, refer to user manual of people counting camera.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis → People Counting .
2. Select the statistics type as Entry Rate.
3. Check the people counting group(s) for statistics.
4. Set the report type to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or customize
the time interval for a report.

216
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Daily Report
Daily report shows data on a daily basis. The system will calculate the number of people in
each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
As compared to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, and annual report can be less
time-consuming, since they are not to be submitted every day. The system will calculate the
number of people in each day of one week, in each day of one month, and in each month of
one year.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze the number of people in each day or
month of the custom time interval.
5. Set the time or time period for statistics.

Note
For custom time interval report, you need to set the start time and end time to specify the time
period.
6. Click Generate Report.
The statistics of all the selected group(s) are displayed in the right panel.
7. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after generating the people counting report.
Show/Hide Certain Click the legend to show or hide the data of certain element, such as
Data certain camera.
View Entry Rate of Click the group name on the page below to view the chart of a single
a Group group.
View Linked Video For line chart, if the selected report type is daily report, weekly report,
or monthly report, click the line on the line chart to play the linked
video.
For histogram, if the selected report type is daily report, click the
rectangle on the histogram to play the linked video.
Switch Between Select or on the upper-left corner to switch between line chart
Line Chart and (displaying the trend for the entry rate on different time points) and
Histogram histogram (for comparison).
Add Report to a. Click Add to Dashboard in the upper-right corner of the page.
Dashboard b. Create a report name.
c. Select a dashboard. Or click New to create a new board and then
select it.
d. Click OK or Add and Go to Dashboard.
8. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

217
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display with camera selected and time configured according to the range
you defined previously.
2) (Optional) Select the group and set the report type and report time if needed.
3) Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export
1or 24 records respectively for each camera.

Note
If you select By Minute, the records amount depends on the configuration on the device. For
example, if the device reports people counting data to the system every minute, it will export
24*60 records for each camera.
4) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

24.4 Generate People Density Analysis Report

You can manually generate a people density report to view the people density data in a line chart.
You can also export the report to the local PC if required.
Before You Start
● Make sure you have purchased the License that supports people density analysis, or the function

will be unavailable.
● Make sure you have added the behavior analysis server to the HikCentral Professional and linked

cameras to the server. For details, see HikCentral Professional Web Client User Manual.
● Make sure you have configured people density analysis on the behavior analysis server. For

details, see the user manual of the server.

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis .
2. Select camera(s) to search for people density data.
1) Click to open the camera list.
2) Optional: Check Include Sub-area to allow the display of camera(s) in sub-areas.
3) Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down site list.
4) Select areas and then select the camera(s) in these areas.

218
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
You can also enter keywords of the camera name to search for cameras.
5) Check camera(s) appeared in the camera list for statistics.
3. Set the report type to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or customize
the time interval for a report.
Daily Report
Daily report shows data on a daily basis. The system will calculate the peak amount of people
appeared in the images of the camera in each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
Compared to generating daily report, generating weekly report, monthly report, and annual
report can be less time-consuming. The system will calculate the peak amount of people in
each day of one week, in each day of one month, and in each month of one year respectively.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze the peak amount of people in each day
or month of the custom time interval.
4. Select a pre-defined time period or customize a time period for search.
5. Click Generate Report.

Figure 24-3 People Density Analysis Report

The statistics of all the selected camera(s) will be displayed on a line chart.
6. Optional: Perform the following operations if required.
Add Report to a. Click Add to Dashboard in the upper-right corner of the page.
Dashboard b. Create a report name.
c. Select a dashboard. Or click New to create a new board and then
select it.
d. Click OK or Add and Go to Dashboard.

219
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Show/Hide Click the legend to show or hide the data of certain element, such as
Certain Data certain camera.
View Statistics of Select a camera at the bottom of the line chart to view its statistics in the
a Camera line chart.
View Detailed Hover the cursor onto the line chart to view the detailed data.
Data in Each For a daily report, you can view the peak amount of people appeared in
Time Segment the images of each camera in each hour; For a weekly report, in each day;
For a monthly report, in each day; For a monthly report, in each month.
View Linked Click the dot on the line chart to view the video of the time period that
Video the dot represents.

Note
Viewing linked videos is not supported by annual report.

View Detailed
Data in Each Note
Minute Viewing detailed data in each minute is only supported by daily report.
a. Generate a daily report.
b. Select a camera at the bottom of the line chart to display its statistics
only.
c. Hover the cursor onto the line chart and then click Details on the pop-
up floating window.
The line chart that shows statistics in each minute will be displayed.
d. Hover the cursor onto the newly-displayed line chart to view the peak
amount of people appeared in the images of the camera in each
minute.

220
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 24-4 View Detailed Data In Each Minute

7. Optional: Export the report(s) on the dashboard to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display the camera selected and time configured according to the range
you defined previously.
2) Optional: (Optional) Select the camera and set the report type and report time if needed.
3) Select a shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select the daily report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export
1or 24 records respectively for each camera.

Note
If you select By Minute, the number of records depends on the configuration on the device.
For example, if the device reports the data to the platform every minute, it will export 24*60
records for each camera.
4) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

221
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

24.5 Generate Queue Analysis Report

For cameras which support queue management, you can generate a report to show the number of
queue exceptions and number of persons in each queue, and show the queue status including
waiting duration and queue length.
Before You Start
Add a camera which supports queue management to the system and configure queue regions. To
configure the queue region, refer to user manual of the camera.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis → Queue Analysis .
2. Select camera(s) for statistics.
1) Click in the camera panel.
2) Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its cameras.

Note
Only cameras which support queue management will be displayed here.
3) Check the camera(s) for statistics.
The cameras will be added to the camera list.
3. Select the queue regions configured on the camera and the platform will collect the queue data
in these queue regions.

Note
For configuring the queue, refer to the user manual of the camera.
4. Select the report type as daily report, weekly report, monthly report, or annual report.
Daily Report
Daily report shows data on a daily basis. The system will calculate the queue data detected in
each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
As compared to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, and annual report can be less
time-consuming, since they are not to be submitted every day. The system will calculate the
queue data detected in each day of way week, in each day of one month, and in each month
of one year.
5. Set the time or time period for statistics.
6. Optional: Select the analysis type and set the report range for daily report, weekly report, or
monthly report.
Queuing-Up Time Analysis
The report will show the persons' queuing-up durations in different queues.

222
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

For example, if you set the report range to 300s and 600s, the report will show that in each
queue, how many persons have waited for less than 300s, how many persons have waited for
300 to 600s, and how many persons have waited for more than 600s.
Queue Status Analysis
The report will show the number of queuing-up persons within different queuing-up
durations.
For example, if you set the report range as 5 persons and 10 persons, the report will show
that in each queue, how many seconds the status lasts when there are less then 5 persons,
how many seconds the status lasts when there are 5 to 10 persons, and how many seconds
the status lasts when there are more than 10 persons.
7. Click Generate Report.

Figure 24-5 Queue Analysis Report

A chart is displayed in the right panel, showing the number of exceptions (waiting timeout or
people amount exceeding) of different queues.
8. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after generating the report.
Show/Hide Certain Click the legend to show or hide the data of certain element, such as
Data queue.
View Queue Click the queue icon on the page below to view the report of a queue,
Analysis Report of a including the number of exceptions, number of people in the queue,
Queue and waiting durations .
Switch Between Click on the page below to view the report of all the selected
Number of queues.
Exceptions, Number If you select the report type as Daily Report, Weekly Report, or
of People, and Monthly Report, and set the analysis type as Queue Status Analysis,
Queue Length click the drop-down list to view the number of waiting timeout
exceptions, or number of people in different and all queues.

223
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

If you select the report type as Annual Report, and set the analysis
type as Queue Status Analysis, click the drop-down list to view the
number of waiting timeout exceptions or number of people in all
queues.
If you select the report type as Daily Report, Weekly Report, or
Monthly Report and set the analysis type as Queuing-Up Time
Analysis, click the drop-down list to view the number of people
amount exceeding exceptions or queue length of different queues.
If you select the report type as Annual Report, and set the analysis
type as Queuing-Up Time Analysis, the people amount exceeding
exceptions will show.
9. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display with camera and queue selected and time configured according
to the range you defined previously.
2) Optional: (Optional) Select the camera and queue, and set the report type and report time if
needed.
3) Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each queue.
Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour and it will export 1
or 24 records respectively for each queue.
4) Select the content to export.
Queue Exception
The number of exceptions (people amount exceeding and waiting timeout) of each queue.
People Amount Exceeding
The number of persons in the queue exceeds the configured threshold.
Waiting Timeout
The waiting duration for the persons in the queue exceeds the configured threshold.
Person Amount in Queue
The number of persons in each queue.
Queue Status
The status of each queue, including persons' waiting duration and number of persons
(queue length) in the queue.
5) For daily report, weekly report or monthly report, select analysis type.
6) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
7) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

224
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

24.6 Generate Heat Analysis Report

You can generate a heat analysis report to track consumer movements and analyze the visit times
and dwell time in a configured area.
Before You Start
● Add a heat map network camera to the platform and properly configure the camera with heat

map rule for the required area. To add a heat map network camera, please refer to the User
Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client. To configure the heat map rule, please refer to
the user manual of heat map network camera.
● Add the camera to a static map. For details about how to add a camera to the static map, refer

to User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client.

Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis → Heat Analysis .
2. Select analysis type.
Heat Analysis for One Camera
A heat analysis report based on the data from the selected cameras will be generated. The
data of different cameras will be displayed and you can compare the data of different
cameras.
Heat Analysis in One Region
A heat analysis report based on the data from the selected heat analysis groups will be
generated. The data of different groups will be displayed and you can compare the data from
different groups.

Note
You should have added heat analysis group(s). For details, refer to the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Control Client.
3. Select heat analysis camera(s) or heat analysis group(s) for statistics.
1) Click .

Note
Only heat analysis camera or heat analysis group will be displayed here.
2) Check the heat analysis camera(s) or heat analysis group(s) for statistics.
4. Select camera(s) for the report in the camera list.

Note
Up to 20 heat analysis cameras can be selected for statistics at the same time.
5. Set the report type to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or customize
the time interval for a report.
Daily Report

225
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Daily report shows data on a daily basis. The platform will calculate the number of people or
people dwell time in each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
As compared to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, and annual report can be less
time-consuming, since they are not to be submitted every day. The platform will calculate the
number of people or people dwell time in each day of way week, in each day of one month,
and in each month of one year.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze the number of people or people dwell
time in each day or month of the custom time interval.
6. Optional: Set the time or time period in the Time field for statistics.

Note
For custom time interval report, you need to set the start time and end time to specify the time
period.
7. Set the analysis type.
Dwell Time
The minutes that the people stay at the same location during each time period for each
camera.
People Amount
The number of people detected during each time period for each camera.

Note
This analysis type is only supported by the second generation of heat analysis cameras.
Average Dwell Time
The average dwell time for the each person stay at the same location during each time period
for each camera.
8. Click Generate Report.

226
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 24-6 Static Map of Selected Cameras

The static maps of the selected cameras will appear.
9. Click the map to view the detailed heat data of the cameras on the map. You can view each
camera's field of view, and the fields are color coded. The red color block (255, 0, 0) indicates the
most welcome region (most persons detected or longest dwell time), and blue color block (0, 0,
255) indicates the less-popular region (least persons detected or shortest dwell time).

Note
Move the cursor to the field of view to view the detected value, including people amount or
dwell time.
10. Optional: Click the camera icon on the page below to view heat analysis of a camera.

Figure 24-7 Heat Map of a Camera

227
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

The image of the camera is color coded. The red color block (255, 0, 0) indicates the most
welcome region (most persons detected or longest dwell time), and blue color block (0, 0, 255)
indicates the less-popular region (least persons detected or shortest dwell time).
You can drag the slider on the upper-right to adjust the range of the heat value. The heat data
out of the range will not be displayed.
11. Optional: Click to switch among heat map, histogram, line chart to view the details.

Figure 24-8 Line Chart of Heat Analysis

12. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1)Click Export.
The Export panel will display with camera selected and time configured according to the range
you defined previously.
2)(Optional) Select the camera, and set the analysis type and report time if needed.
3)Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export 1,
24 records respectively for each camera.
4)Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5)Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

228
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

24.7 Generate Pathway Analysis Report

Pathway analysis is mainly used to analyze the people counting on the pathways in the shopping
malls. With the help of fisheye cameras, the platform can collect the consumers data (for example,
where the customers walk mostly) and translate that data onto a dashboard for mall managers.
This helps managers analyze which areas/shops of the mall best catch a shopper's attention and
which are overlooked. After setting the fisheye camera's pathways and their directions, the
platform calculates the people dwell time at each pathway and number of people walking by, thus
helps them make decisions.
Before You Start
● Properly add the camera to a static map and set its pathways on the map via the Web Client first.

For details about adding camera to map and set pathways, refer to the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
● You should have added pathway analysis groups. For details, see the user manual of the Web

Client.
Steps

Note
This function is only supported by the second generation of fisheye cameras.
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis → Pathway Analysis .
2. Select path analysis group(s) for statistics.
3. Select the report type as daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or
customize the time interval for a report.
Daily Report
Daily report shows data on a daily basis. The platform will calculate the number of people or
people dwell time in each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
As compared to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, and annual report can be less
time-consuming, since they are not to be submitted every day. The platform will calculate the
number of people or people dwell time in each day of way week, in each day of one month,
and in each month of one year.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze the number of people or people dwell
time in each day or month of the custom time interval.
4. Optional: Set the time or time period in the Time field for statistics.

229
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For custom time interval report, you need to set the start time and end time to specify the time
period.
5. Click Generate Report.

Figure 24-9 Pathway Analysis Report

The static map with the cameras and pathways color coded on the map will be displayed. The
red color block (255, 0, 0) indicates the most welcome pathway (most persons detected or
longest dwell time), and blue color block (0, 0, 255) indicates the less-popular pathway (least
persons detected or shortest dwell time).
6. Move the cursor to the camera hot spot to view the line chart or heat map of the people
amount and people dwell time in the pathways during this time period.

Figure 24-10 View Heat Map or Line Chart

7. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display with camera selected and time configured according to the range
you defined previously.

230
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

2) (Optional) Select the pathway analysis group and set the report type and report time if
needed.
3) Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export 1,
24 records respectively for each camera.
4) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

24.8 Generate Person Feature Analysis Report

The platform supports saving features (including age and gender) of recognized human faces and
generating reports in various time periods. The reports tells the percentage and number of people
of different gender and age groups in different time period. It can be used in places such as
shopping mall to analyze interests of people in different gender and age.
Before You Start
Make sure you have added a person feature analysis group if you want to perform feature analysis
in one region. See User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web Client for details about adding a
person feature analysis group.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis → Person Feature Analysis .
2. Select analysis type.
Feature Analysis for One Camera
Compare percentage and number of people of different gender and age groups detected by
specified camera(s).
Feature Analysis in One Region
Compare percentage and number of people of different gender and age groups detected by
the cameras in specified person feature analysis group(s) of multiple regions.
3. Select camera(s)/person feature analysis group(s).

Note
● Up to 20 cameras/groups can be selected for statistics at the same time.

● The platform supports selecting one group of a Remote Site.

4. Select the report type as daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or
customize the time interval for a report, and the platform will generate statistics of the selected
camera(s)/group(s) of the current day/week/month/year or the customized period.
5. Set the time or time period in the Time field for statistics.

231
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
For custom time interval report, you need to set the start time and end time to specify the time
period.
6. Click Generate Report.

Figure 24-11 Person Feature Analysis

The statistics of all the selected cameras/groups are displayed on the right panel.
7. Optional: Click Add to Dashboard to display the report on the Dashboard.
8. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display with camera selected and time configured according to the range
you defined previously.
2) (Optional) Select the camera or group and set the report type and report time if needed.
3) Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export
1or 24 records respectively for each camera.
4) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

232
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

24.9 Generate Temperature Analysis Report

For thermal cameras, you can generate a report to show the number of exceptions (temperature
too high or too low) and maximum/minimum temperature of different thermometry points on
different presets.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis →
Temperature Analysis .
2. Select thermal camera(s) for statistics.
1) Click in the camera panel.
2) Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down site list to show its thermal cameras.

Note
Only thermal cameras will be displayed here.
3) Check the thermal camera(s) for statistics.
The cameras will be added to the camera list.
3. Select the preset(s) configured on the camera and the platform will collect the data on the
thermometry point in these presets.

Note
For configuring the thermometry point with temperature measurement rules, refer to the user
manual of the thermal camera.
4. Select the report type as daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or
customize the time interval for a report.
Daily Report
Daily report shows data on a daily basis. The platform will calculate the temperature data
detected in each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
As compared to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, and annual report can be less
time-consuming, since they are not to be submitted every day. The platform will calculate the
temperature data detected in each day of way week, in each day of one month, and in each
month of one year.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze temperature data detected in each day
or month of the custom time interval.
5. Set the time or time period in the Time field for statistics.

Note
For custom time interval report, you need to set the start time and end time to specify the time
period.

233
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

6. Click Generate Report.

Figure 24-12 Temperature Analysis Report

The temperature statistics of all the selected presets are displayed in the right panel.
7. Optional: Perform the following operation(s) after generating the temperature report.
Show/Hide Certain Click the legend to show or hide the data of certain element, such as
Data certain preset or thermometry point.
View Temperature Click the preset icon on the page below to view the report in the single
Report of Single preset.
Preset
View Temperature a. Click the preset icon on the page below to view the report in the
Report of Single single preset.
Thermometry Point b. In the Item for Comparison field, select one thermometry point.
c. In the Item for Comparison field, select the indicator you want to
view in the chart.
High/Low Temperature
Shows the number of exceptions that the temperature at this
thermometry point is higher or lower than the pre-defined
temperature.
Max. Temperature
Shows the maximum temperature at this thermometry point
during the set time period.
The temperature is displayed in line chart, indicating the trend.
Min. Temperature
Shows the minimum temperature at this thermometry point
during the set time period.

234
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

The temperature is displayed in line chart, indicating the trend.

8. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display with camera selected and time configured according to the range
you defined previously.
2) (Optional) Select the camera and preset, and set the report type and report time if needed.
3) Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour, or By Minute and it
will export 1, 24, or 24×60 records respectively for each thermometry point.
4) Select the content to export.
Temperature Exception
Export the number of exceptions on temperature (temperature too high or too low) of
each thermometry point.
Temperature Status
Export the maximum temperature and minimum temperature of each thermometry point.
5) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
6) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

24.10 Generate Vehicle Analysis Report

For ANPR cameras and entrances & exits, you can generate a report to show the number of passing
vehicles detected by specified cameras during specified time periods.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis →
Vehicle Analysis .
2. Select ANPR camera(s) or entrance(s) & exit(s) for analysis.
- Select ANPR Camera:
a. Click in the camera panel.
b. Select a current site or Remote Site from the drop-down list to show its ANPR cameras
which support this function.

Note
Only ANPR cameras will be displayed here.
c. Check the camera(s) for analysis.
d. Select the camera(s) for the report in the camera list.

235
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Note
Up to 20 ANPR cameras can be selected for statistics at the same time.
- Select Entrance & Exit:
Check the entrance(s) & exit(s) for analysis.
3. Select the report type as daily report, weekly report, monthly report, annual report, or
customize the time interval for a report.
Daily Report
The daily report shows data on a daily basis. The platform will calculate the number of
vehicles in each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report, Annual Report
As compared to the daily report, the weekly report, monthly report, and annual report can be
less time-consuming, since they are not to be submitted every day. The platform will calculate
the number of vehicles in each day of way week, in each day of one month, and in each
month of one year.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze the number of vehicles in each day or
month of the custom time interval.
4. Set the time or time period for statistics.

Note
For the custom time interval report, you need to set the start time and end time to specify the
time period.
5. Click Generate Report.

Figure 24-13 Vehicle Analysis Report

The passing vehicles statistics detected by all the selected cameras are displayed in the right
panel.

236
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

6. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
The Export panel will display camera selected and time configured according to the range you
defined previously.
2) Optional: Select the camera and set the report type and report time if needed.
3) Select a shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.
Example
For example, if you select the daily report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export
1or 24 records respectively for each camera.

Note
If you select By Minute, the number of records depends on the configuration on the device.
For example, if the device reports vehicle analysis data to the platform every minute, it will
export 24*60 records for each camera.
4) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

24.11 Generate Skin-Surface Temperature Analysis Report

You can generate the skin-surface temperature analysis report to view the variation trend of the
number of people with abnormal skin-surface temperature.
Before You Start
● Make sure you have added devices that support temperature screening to HikCentral

Professional.
● Make sure you have enabled temperature screening on the device. For details, see the user

manual of the device.

Steps
1. In the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Intelligent Analysis → People
Analysis → Skin-Surface Temperature .
2. Select the analysis type.
Temperature Screening Point
A skin-surface temperature report based on data from temperature screening points (e.g.
cameras) you select will be generated.
Person Group
A skin-surface temperature report based on the data from the person groups you select will
be generated.

237
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

3. Select temperature screening point(s) or person group(s) for analysis.

- Select Temperature Screening Point:
a. Click to open the camera list panel.
b. (Optional) Check Include Sub-Area to select the sub-areas of the area that you have
selected.
c. Select an area in the area list to show the related temperature screening points.
d. Check the temperature screening point(s) for screening.
e. Select temperature screening point(s) for the report in the temperature screening point
list.
- Select Person Group:
Check the person group(s) for screening.

Note
You can check Select Sub-Groups to select the sub-groups of the person group that you have
selected.
4. Set the report type to daily report, weekly report, monthly report, or customize the time interval
for a report.
Daily Report
The daily report shows data on a daily basis. The platform will calculate the peak amount of
people appeared in the images of the camera in each hour of one day.
Weekly Report, Monthly Report
Compared to generating the daily report, generating the weekly report and monthly report
can be less time-consuming. The platform will calculate the peak amount of people on each
day of one week and on each day of one month respectively.
Custom Time Interval
Users can customize the days in the report to analyze the peak amount of people in each day
or month of the custom time interval.
5. In the Time field, select a predefined time period or customize a time period for search.
6. Click Generate Report.

238
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 24-14 Skin-Surface Temperature Analysis Report

The statistics of the selected item(s) will be displayed.
7. Optional: Perform the following operations if required.
Show/Hide Certain Click the legend to show or hide the data of certain element, such
Data as certain camera.
View Abnormal In the top left corner of the chart, select Abnormal Temperature or
Temperature or No No Mask from the drop-down list to display the statistics of people
Mask Statistics with abnormal temperature and without wearing face mask,
respectively.
Switch Between Line Click / to switch between line chart and histogram.
Chart and Histogram
Note
Daily report only supports histogram.

Add a Report to a. Click Add to Dashboard in the upper-right corner of the page.
Dashboard b. Create a report name.
c. Select a dashboard. Or click New to create a new board and then
select it.
d. Click OK or Add and Go to Dashboard.
8. Optional: Export the report to the local PC.

Note
See Set General Parameters for details about setting the saving path for the selected report(s).
1) Click Export.
2) Optional: Select the temperature screening point(s) or person group(s) and set the report
type and report time if needed.
3) Select shorter time period to view more detailed data of each camera.

239
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Example
For example, if you select Daily Report, you can select By Day or By Hour, and it will export
1or 24 records respectively for each camera.
4) Set the format of the exported file as Excel or CSV.
5) Click Export and the task will be displayed in the Download Center.

240
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 25 Maintenance
The Control Client allows you to monitor resource health status and search resource logs. The data
of resource health status and resource logs, which is of especially importance for maintenance of
the system, helps you locate the source of exceptions and determine methods for troubleshooting.

25.1 Health Monitoring

Health monitoring provides both near-real-time and history information about the status of the
SYS and added resources. It is critical to multiple aspects of operating the servers or devices and is
especially important for maintenance. When a resource exception occurs, you can enter this
module to check the resource status and find out the abnormal device(s) and view the exception
details.

25.1.1 Real-Time Health Status Overview

In the Health Monitoring module, you can view the real-time health status of the devices, servers,
and resources managed on the platform. If there is no network transmission devices added, the
Real-Time Overview page provides an at-a-glance view of the health status with charts and basic
data of resource status.
In the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Health Monitoring
and then click Real-Time Overview on the left.
Click Real-Time Overview tab at the top to enter the Real-Time Overview page.

Figure 25-1 Real-Time Health Status Overview

241
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Table 25-1 Real-Time Health Status Page

Section Description
Resource Status View the abnormal data of different resources (e.g., cameras,
doors, elevators, or alarm inputs) added to areas of Central
System in the graphical way. You can click the numbers and
status types on the chart to view the real-​time status details of
resources or Remote Sites.

Note
The Remote Site status is only available for the Central System
with Remote Site Management module (based on the License
you purchased).

System Management Server View the network health status and server running status. Click
Status in the upper right corner of System Management Server panel
to view the running status details of the server, including CPU
usage, RAM usage, etc.

Figure 25-2 System Management Server Status Details

Server Status View the status (i.e., exception, warning, normal) of servers
added on Central System. You can click the numbers and status
types on the chart to view the real-​time status details of servers.
Device Status View the abnormal data of different devices (e.g., encoding
devices, decoding devices, or access control devices) added on
Central System. You can click the numbers on the chart to view
the real-​time status details of devices.

If the icon appears at the top of device picture, it indicates

that the device firmware should be upgraded. For upgrading the
firmware, refer to HikCentral Professional Web Client User
Manual.

242
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Description
Refresh ● Manually Refresh: Click Refresh in the upper right corner of
Real-Time Overview page to manually refresh the resource
status on the page.
● Auto Refresh: Management → System → Health Monitoring
to set the interval for automatically refreshing the resource
status on the page. See details in Set Health Monitoring
Parameters .
Export Overview Page or Click Export in the upper right corner of Real-Time Overview
Exception Data page to export the page in PDF format. Or you can check Export
Exception Data to export the exception data in Excel/CSV
format.

Figure 25-3 Export Overview Page or Exception Data

Display on Smart Wall Click to display the overview page on the smart wall if you
have added and configured smart walls on the platform .

25.1.2 Real-Time Health Status Overview (Topology)

In the Health Monitoring module, you can view the real-time health of the devices, servers, and
resources managed on the platform. If there are network transmission devices managed on the
platform, the Real-Time Overview page provides a topology of the managed devices. Topology is a
figure that displays the connection relations among network transmission devices, surveillance
devices, etc. It is mainly used for network maintenance.

Note
● Make sure the network transmission devices have been added to the platform.
● If a network transmission device can not be recognized by the platform, it will be displayed as an
unknown device.

In the top left corner of the client, click → All Modules → Maintenance → Health Monitoring
→ Real-Time Overview .

243
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Click Topology tab at the top to enter the Topology page.

Figure 25-4 Topology Overview

Table 25-2 Topology Page
Section Description
Device Status View the abnormal data of different devices (e.g., encoding
devices, decoding device, or access control devices) added on
the Central System. You can click the number to locate the
abnormal device in the topology or view the devices' real-​time
status.
If the icon appears beside the device type name, it indicates
that the device firmware should be upgraded. For upgrading the
firmware, refer to HikCentral Professional Web Client User
Manual.
Resource Status View the abnormal data of different resources (e.g., cameras,
doors, elevators, or alarm inputs) added to the areas of the
Central System. You can click the number to view the real-​time
status details of resources or Remote Sites.

Note
The Remote Site status is only available for the Central System
with the Remote Site Management module (based on the
License you purchased).

Topology Details View the relationships among devices, device information, link
status, alarm information, etc. See details in Topology Details .

244
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Description
Network Performance View the current network performance (i.e., poor or good) of
the System Management Server.
System Management Server View the network health status and server running status. Click
Status in the upper right corner of the System Management Server
panel to view the running status details of the server, including
its CPU usage, RAM usage, etc.

Figure 25-5 System Management Server Status Details

Server Status View the status (i.e., exception, warning, normal) of servers
added on the Central System.
Generate Topology Again Click Refresh → Generate Topology Again to draw the network
topology again.
Refresh ● Manual Refresh: Click Refresh in the upper right corner of the
Real-Time Overview page to manually refresh the resource
status on the page.
● Auto Refresh: Management → System → Health Monitoring
to set the interval for automatically refreshing the resource
status on the page. See details in Set Health Monitoring
Parameters .
Export Topology or Exception Click Export in the upper right corner of Topology page and
Data select the export type as Default or Only Topology to export the
topology in PDF format or the exception data in Excel/CSV
format.

245
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Description

Note
● If the export type is selected as Default, the whole displayed
information (topology and exception data) on the Health
Monitoring page will be exported.
● If the export type is selected as Only Topology, only the
topology will be exported in PDF format.

Figure 25-6 Export Topology

Display on Smart Wall Click to display the overview page on the smart wall if you
have added and configured smart walls on the platform .

Topology Details
The topology of devices will display the hierarchical relationships among the devices, device
information, link status, alarm information, etc.

246
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-7 Topology Details

Device Node
The device nodes are displayed by icons, including the System Management Server, Recording
Server, network transmission device, encoding device, access control device, video intercom
device, network bridge, fiber converter, etc. Each device node displays the device name and IP
address.

Note
● When the device information (device name, IP address, online/offline status) changes, you
should manually refresh to generate the topology again or set auto-refresh.
● When the device hierarchy or physical connection changes, you should manually refresh to
generate the topology again.
● If the node icon is displayed in red, it indicates that the device is abnormal or alarms are
triggered. You can view the reason for device exception or alarm details.
● For the added online devices, the displayed device alias is the same as the device IP address.

View Device Details

Click the device node in the topology and click Details in the drop-down list. You can view the
device details, including the basic information (i.e., device name, IP address and device model),
device usage (e.g., RAM usage, CPU usage, PoE power), arming status and disk array (for
encoding device), live video (if the device is linked with a camera), linked lane name / entrance
direction / entrance & exit name / barrier control status (if the entrance and exit is linked with a
camera), device panel status (i.e., ports and ports usage), and port information (i.e., port name,
and peer device type, peer device IP address, and peer device name).

247
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-8 View Device Details

Note
The device details vary with different device models.
Link
The color of link indicates the utilization rate of network bandwidth (red: congested, yellow: busy,
gray: fluent). And the shape of link indicates the link type (wireless, network link, optical fiber).
View Link Details
Move the cursor to the link between nodes to display the link details. You can view the upstream
rate and downstream rate to determine whether the network status is normal or not. You can
also view the connected device type, IP address, port name, and port status.

248
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-9 View Link Details

View Connection Path

If there is a data transmission failure between the devices, you can view the connection path to
judge which link is disconnected, so as to restore the link as quickly as possible. Click the device
node and in the topology and click Show Connection Path in the drop-down list. According to the
information presented in the prompt window, click Common Unknown Node or Select Node to
select the peer node, and then click OK. After that, the connection path between the two nodes
will be displayed.
Remote Configuration
Click the device node in the topology and click Remote Configuration in the drop-down list to
configure the device parameters, including system settings, network and port configuration. You
can configure the network parameters and device port according to the network usage. For
details, refer to the user manual of the device.

Note
This function should be supported by the device.
View Device Logs

249
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

When a device failure happens or trouble shooting is required, you can view the device's logs to
know the alarms, notifications, operations and events of the device. Click the device node in the
topology and click View Device Logs in the drop-down list to enter the Device Logs page, and you
can set the conditions to search the device logs.

Note
This function should be supported by the device.
Set as Root Node
When you need to adjust the topology structure, you can click the device node in the topology
and click Set as Root Node in the drop-down list to set the node as the root node.

Note
Only the switch, wireless network bridge, and fiber converter can be set as root node.
Zoom In/Zoom Out
Click or to zoom in or zoom out the device node(s) and the subsidiary device node(s). You
can scroll the mouse wheel to zoom in or zoom out the topology.
Adjust Topology
Click the background of the topology to move the topology in up, down, right, or left direction.
Full Screen
Click on the upper-right corner of the topology to display the topology in full-screen mode.
Adaptive View
Click on the upper-right corner of the topology to adapt the topology to the current window,
to help you know the whole topology hierarchy quickly.
Search
By entering the device name or IP address in the search box, you can quickly locate the device on
the topology.

25.1.3 Historical Health Data Overview

You can view the historical online rate of resources and devices, or the recording integrity rate.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Health
Monitoring and then click History Status Overview on the left.

250
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-10 Historical Health Data Overview

Table 25-3 Historical Health Data Page
Section Description
Filter Data Select a time period from the drop-down list in the upper right
corner of each section for filtering data by day, week, or month.
Resource Online Rate ● On the line chart, you can perform the following operations:
○ Move the cursor on the line chart to view the camera online

rate and the number of offline cameras at specific time

points.
○ Click the a dot on the line to go to Resource Log page to

view the detailed network status of cameras at that time

point.
● On the doughnut chart, you can perform the following
operations:
○ Move the cursor to red part of the doughnut chart to view

the number of the cameras which once were offline and the
offline rate during the time period you select.
○ Move the cursor to the green part of the doughnut chart to

view the number of the cameras which stay online and the
online rate during the time period you select.
● On the table, you can do one of the followings:
○ Click Total Offline Duration to rank the cameras in terms of

total offline duration within the time period you select.

○ Click Offline Times to rank the cameras in terms of offline

times within the time period you select.

Device Online Rate ● On the line chart, you can do one of the followings.

251
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Description
○ Move the cursor on the line chart to view the device online
rate and the number of offline devices at specific time
points.
○ Click the a dot on the line to go to Device Log page to view

the detailed network status of devices at that time point.

● On the doughnut chart, you can perform the following
operations.
○ Move the cursor to red part of the doughnut chart to view

the number of the devices which once were offline and the
offline rate during the time period you select.
○ Move the cursor to the green part of the doughnut chart to

view the number of the devices which stay online and the
online rate during the time period you select.
● On the table, you can do one of the followings.
○ Click Total Offline Duration to rank the devices in terms of

total offline duration within the time period you select.

○ Click Offline Times to rank the devices in terms of offline

times within the time period you select.

Recording Integrity Rate On the line chart, you can move the cursor to view the recording
integrity rate at specific time points. Click the a dot on the line to
go to Device Log page to view the detailed resource status of
devices at that time point.
Refresh ● Manually Refresh: Click Refresh in the upper right corner of
History Overview page to manually refresh the data on the
page.
● Auto Refresh: Management → System → Health Monitoring
to set the interval for automatically refreshing the data on the
page. See details in Set Health Monitoring Parameters .
Export Overview Page or Click Export in the upper right corner of History Overview page
Exception Data to export the page in PDF format. Or you can check Export
Exception Data to export the exception data in Excel/CSV
format.

252
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Section Description

Figure 25-11 Export Overview Page or Exception Data

25.2 Resource Status

You can monitor the status of the added resources, such as cameras, encoding devices, Recording
Servers, Streaming Servers, etc., which helps you find out and maintain the abnormal resources in
time, ensuring the smooth running of the platform to the greatest extent.
On the top left corner of the client, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Resource Status ,
and select a resource type on the navigation panel on the left.

Note
You can view the status of cameras, UVSSs, Streaming Servers, Recording Servers, encoding
devices, dock stations, and decoding devices added on the Remote Sites via the Resource Status
module of Central System.

Camera Status
On the camera status page, you can view camera status, such as network status, arming status, and
recording status.
You can also perform the following operations.
● Select a Remote Site from the drop-down list in the camera list panel to display the status of

cameras on the Remote Site.

● Click the camera name to view its status and basic information.

● Click the IP address to view the status of the device to which the camera is related.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified camera.
● Click in the Operation column to view the online/offline records of the specified camera. For
details, see Search for Online/Offline Logs of Resource .

Note
This operation is not available for the cameras added on Remote Sites.

253
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

● Click in the Operation column to view the recording status of the camera. For details, see
Search for Recording Status of Resource .

Note
This operation is not available for the cameras added on Remote Sites.
● Click View Camera with Abnormal Image to view the videos of cameras with abnormal images.
And you can also export the image diagnosis results of selected camera(s) or all cameras in PDF
format.

Note
Contact the admin user to edit the abnormal configurations of camera's event or alarm via the
Web Client if an icon appears near the camera name.

Door Status
On the door status page, you can view the information such as the network status of related
devices and door status.

Note
For the door linked to the video intercom device, the door status is not available to be displayed.

You can also perform the following operations.

● Click the door name to view the status details and basic information.

● Click the device name to view the status of the device to which the door is related.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified door.
● Click in the Operation column and select a control type from the drop-down list to control the
door status.
○ Unlock: When the door is locked, unlock the door and it will be open. After the open duration

(configured via the Web Client), the door will be closed and locked again automatically.
○ Lock: When the door is unlocked, lock the door and it will be closed. The person who has the

access permission can access the door with credentials.

○ Remain Unlocked: The door will be unlocked (no matter closed or open). All the persons can

access the door with no credentials required (free access).

Note
For the door linked to video intercom device, setting its status to remain unlocked is not
available.
○ Remain Locked: The door will be closed and locked. No person can access the door even if
he/she has the authorized credentials, except the super users.

Elevator Status
On the elevator status page, you can view information, such as the network status of elevator
control devices and the card reader status.

254
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

You can also perform the following operations.

● Click the name to view the status details and basic information.

● Click the device name to view the status of the device to which the elevator is related.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified elevator.

Alarm Input Status

You can view the alarm input status including resource usage status (online or offline), arming
status, bypass status, fault status, alarm status, detector connection status, battery status, and so
on.
You can also perform the following operations.
● Click the device name to view the status of the device to which the alarm input is related.

● Click beside the Alarm Input Type and select a device type from the drop-down list to filter
the alarm input status by device type.

UVSS Status
On the UVSS status page, you can view the information such as line scan camera status and capture
camera status.
You can also perform the following operations.
● Click the UVSS name to view the status details and basic information.

● Select a Remote Site from the drop-down list at the top of UVSS status page to display the status

of UVSSs on the Remote Site.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified UVSS.

Note
This operation is not available for the UVSSs added on Remote Sites.

Remote Site Status

In the Remote Site status page, you can view the Remote Site status such as the network status
and default stream (it refers to the default stream type for accessing the resources on the Remote
Site).
You can also perform the following operations.
● Click or in the Operation column to switch the mode for accessing the resources on
Remote Site between Automatically Judge mode and Proxy mode.

255
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

○ Automatically Judge: The system will automatically judge the condition of network
connection and then set the device access mode accordingly as accessing directly or accessing
via Streaming Gateway and Management Service.
○ Proxy: The system will access the device via Streaming Gateway and Management Service.

● Click Restore All Network Connections to restore the connection mode of all the added Remote
Site's resources to Automatically Judge mode.
● Select the Remote Site(s) and click Switch Stream to switch the stream type. When starting live
view of the Remote Site's resources in Central System, the Control Client will get this default
stream to start live view.
○ Main Stream: Main stream provides higher quality video, higher resolution, but brings about

higher bandwidth usage.

○ Sub-Stream: Sub stream can save on bandwidth, but the video quality is lower than main

stream.
○ Smooth Stream: This stream type is usually used in low-bandwidth situation. After switching

to smooth stream, the live view and playback will be smoother in slow network performance,
but the image quality will be lower accordingly.
○ Default Stream Type: If you select Default Stream Type, the stream type for accessing the

selected Remote Site's resources will be restored to the global stream type you set in System
→ Video → Network .

Streaming Server Status

You can view the streams via each added Streaming Server (including incoming streams and
outgoing streams), and view the hardware status such as network status, CPU usage, and RAM
usage.
You can also perform the following operations.
● Click the Streaming Server name to view the status details and basic information.

● Select a Remote Site from the drop-down list at the top to display the status of Streaming

Servers on the Remote Site.

Recording Server Status

You can view the status and information of Recording Server, such as the recording status, CPU
usage, RAM usage, HDD status, and so on.
You can also perform the following operations.
● Click the Recording Server name to view the status details and basic information.

● Select a Remote Site from the drop-down list at the top to display the status of Recording

Servers on the Remote Site.

● Click the status in Recording Status column to view the recording status of the channels

configured to store the video files in this Recording Server.

● Click the status in Hardware Status or HDD Status column to view the hardware status and HDD

exception details if the status is exceptional.

256
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

DeepinMind Server Status

You can view the network status, CPU usage, and RAM usage, etc., of the DeepinMind Servers, and
click the server name to view the status details and basic information.
Security Audit Server Status
You can view the HDD status, network status, and first added time, etc., of the Security Audit
Server, and click the server name to view the status details and basic information.
Encoding Device Status
You can view the encoding device status including the recording status, HDD usage, arming status,
default stream (it refers to the default stream type for accessing the resources of the encoding
device), etc.
You can perform the following operations.
● Select a Remote Site from the drop-down list at the top to display the status of encoding devices

on the Remote Site.

● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the encoding device and the

related cameras.
● Click the status in Recording Status column to view the recording status of channels configured

to store the video files on this encoding device.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified encoding device.
● Click to wake up the encoding device if it is in sleep mode.
● Click in the Operation column to view the online/offline records of the encoding device. For
details, see Search for Online/Offline Logs of Device .
● Click Switch Device Access Mode to switch the access mode for the Control Client to access the

devices.
○ Restore Default: Restore the device access mode as configured in the System → Device

Access Mode on the Web Client.

○ Automatically Judge: Judge the device access mode according to the current network.

○ Directly Access: Access the device directly, not via HikCentral Professional Streaming Service.

Note
When the encoding device is in the same LAN with the SYS server, the Direct Access mode is
not available.
○ Proxy: Access the device via HikCentral Professional Streaming Gateway and HikCentral

Professional Management Service. It is less effective and less efficient than accessing directly.
● Select the encoding device(s) and click Switch Stream to switch the stream type. When starting
live view, the Control Client will get this default stream to start the live view of the encoding
device's resources.

257
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

○ Main Stream: Main stream provides higher quality video, higher resolution, but brings about
higher bandwidth usage.
○ Sub-Stream: Sub stream can save on bandwidth, but the video quality is lower than main
stream.
○ Smooth Stream: This stream type is usually used in low-bandwidth situation. After switching
to smooth stream, the live view and playback will be smoother in slow network performance,
but the image quality will be lower accordingly.
○ Default Stream Type: If you select Default Stream Type, the stream type for accessing the
selected encoding device(s) will be restored to the global stream type you set in System →
Video → Network .

Access Control Device Status

You can view the status and information such as network status and battery status of the added
access control devices. If the device is turnstile, you can view the status of master lane controller,
slave lane controller, and component.
You can perform the following operations.
● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the access control device, and

the related doors and cameras.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified access control device.

Elevator Control Device

You can view the information such as network status, arming status, and distributed elevator
controller status.
● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the elevator control device,

and the related floors and cameras.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified elevator control device.

Video Intercom Device Status

You can view the status information of the video intercom device such as network status, arming
status, and the status of calling center from device (whether the device is able to call the
surveillance center of the platform).
You can perform the following operations.
● Click All Devices and then select a device type to display the device status of selected type only.

● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the video intercom device, and

the related doors and cameras.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified video intercom device.

Security Control Panel Status

You can view the managed devices' network status, battery status, and so on.
You can perform the following operations.

258
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

● Click All Devices and then select a device type to display the device status of selected type only.
● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the security control device,
and the related alarm inputs and cameras.
● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified security control device.

Dock Station Status

You can view the network status, HDD status, and so on, of the added dock station.
You can perform the following operations.
● Select a Remote Site from the drop-down list at the top to display the status of dock stations on

the Remote Site.

● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the dock station.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified dock station.

Network Transmission Device

You can view the network transmission devices' CPU usgae, RAM usage, PoE usage, occupied ports,
and so on.
You can perform the following operations.
● Click All Devices and then select a device type to display the device status of selected type only.

● Click the device name to view the basic information, device usage, and port information of the

network transmission device.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified network transmission device.

Decoding Device Status

You can view the status information such network status, first added time, and checking time.
You can perform the following operations.
● Select a Remote Site from the drop-down list at the top to display the status of decoding devices

on the Remote Site.

● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the decoding device.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified decoding device.

Security Inspection Device

You can view the security inspection devices' network status, IP address, serial No., and so on.
You can perform the following operations.
● Click All Devices and then select a device type to display the device status of selected type only.

● Click the device name to view the status and basic information of the security inspection device.

● Click in the Operation column to go to the Web Client to configure the parameters of the
specified security inspection device.
● Click in the Operation column to view the online/offline records of the security inspection
device. For details, see Search for Online/Offline Logs of Device .

259
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Common Operations
You can perform the following operations for different resource types.
● Check Include Sub-area to display the resources of child areas.

● Check the checkbox in the top right of status display page to select exception types from the

drop-down list to filter the resource status.

● Click Export to export the status data as CSV or Excel to the local PC.

● Click in the Operation column to refresh the status of the specified resource, or click Refresh
to refresh the status of all resources displayed on the page.

Note
The resource status will be automatically refreshed in a specified interval (see details in Set
Health Monitoring Parameters ).

25.3 Log Search

Three types of log files are provided: server logs, device logs, and resource logs. The server logs
refer to the logs files stored in the SYS server on the Current Site and the Remote Site; The device
logs refer to the log files stored on the connected devices, such as encoding device and security
control device; The resource logs refers the logs about camera recording status and online status.
You can search the log files, view the log details and backup the log files.

25.3.1 Search for Server Logs

You can search for server logs of the current site or Remote Sites, which contain error logs, warning
logs and information logs. Server logs contain historical user and server activities. You can search
for the logs and then check the details.
Steps
1. In the top left corner, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Audit Trail → Server Logs .

260
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-12 Search for Server Logs

2. In Site, select the current site or a Remote Site.
3. In Type, select one or multiple log types and sub types.

Note
Error logs record failures or errors. Warning logs record license expiration events. Information
logs refer to other general logs which record successful or unknown operation results.
4. In Source, select user and server to set the source of the logs that you want to search for.
5. Optional: In Resource Name, enter the name of a resource to search the logs of the resource.
6. In Time, select the time range of this search.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to set a precise start time and end time.
7. Click Search.
All matched logs are listed with details on the right.
8. Optional: Click Export and then select a file format (i.e., Excel or CSV) to download the searched
logs as a single file to your local PC.

261
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

25.3.2 Search for Online/Offline Logs of Device

You can search for the online/offline logs of encoding devices and security inspection devices. The
online/offline logs provide information on the current device status (online or offline), latest offline
time, total offline duration, etc.
Steps
1. In the top left corner, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Audit Trail → Device Logs .

262
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-13 Search for Device Online/Offline Logs

2. In Type, select Online/Offline Log as the log type.
3. Select a device type and check the devices you want to search.

263
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

4. In Time, specify the time range of this search.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to set a precise start time and end time.
5. Optional: If there are a large number of devices, check Filter Condition to set a range of total
offline times during the specified time range to filter the devices.
6. Click Search.
The offline/online log of each device are listed on the right. You can check the name, IP address,
current status (online/offline), latest offline time, total offline times, and total offline duration of
each device.
7. Optional: Perform further operations after searching for device logs.
View Click on device name to view history online duration (displayed as a line chart)
Offline and status (displayed as a list) of the device.
History You can perform the following operations.
● Filter Data: Select a time period and a status (online, offline or all) from the

drop-down lists respectively to filter the data.

● View Details: Move the cursor to the line chart to view the detailed offline

and online duration at each time point.

View Click in the Operation column to view the logs stored on the device.
Device Logs
Export Logs Click Export and then select a file format (i.e., Excel or CSV) to download the
searched logs as a single file to your local PC.

25.3.3 Search for Logs Stored on Device

You can search for the logs stored on encoding devices, security control devices, decoding device,
access control devices, elevator control devices, and network transmission devices.
Steps
1. In the top left corner, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Audit Trail → Device Logs .

264
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-14 Search for Logs Stored on Device

2. Select Log on Device as the log type.
3. Select a device type and select the device you want to search.

265
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

4. Select the main event as Normal or Battery Information and check the sub event(s) to be
searched for.
5. Specify the time range of this search.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to set a precise start time and end time.
6. Click Search.
All matched logs are listed with details on the right.
7. Optional: Click Export and then select a file format (i.e., Excel or CSV) to download the searched
logs as a single file to your local PC.

25.3.4 Search for Online/Offline Logs of Resource

You can search for the online/offline logs of cameras on the current site. The online/offline logs
provide information on the current device's status (online or offline), latest offline time, total
offline duration, etc.
Steps
1. In the top left corner, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Audit Trail → Resource Logs .

266
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-15 Search for Resource Online/Offline Logs

2. In Type, select Online/Offline Log.
3. Click to show the area list on the current site and then select the cameras whose logs are to
be searched for.
4. Optional: Modify your selection in the selected camera list.
Remove a Camera Click to remove the camera from the list.
Remove All Cameras Click to remove all cameras in the list.
5. In Time, specify the time range of this search.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to set a precise start time and end time.
6. Optional: If there are a large number of resources, check Filter Condition to set a range of total
offline times during the specified time range to filter the resources.
7. Click Search.
The offline/online log of each resource are listed on the right. You can view the name, IP
address, current status (online/offline), latest offline time, total offline times, and total offline
duration of each resource.

267
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

8. Optional: Perform further operations after searching fro resource logs.

View Offline Click resource name to view history online duration (displayed as a line chart)
History and status (displayed as a list) of the resource.
You can perform the following operations.
● Filter Data: Select a time period and a status (online, offline or all) from the

drop-down lists respectively to filter data.

● View Details: Move the cursor to the line chart to view the detailed offline

and online duration at each time point.

View Device Click the IP address to view the online/offline logs of the device where the
Online/ resource is linked.
Offline Logs
Export Logs Click Export and then select a file format (i.e., Excel or CSV)to download the
searched logs as a single file to your local PC.

25.3.5 Search for Recording Status of Resource

You can search for the recording status of cameras on the current site. The recording status
includes the recording integrity rate, total time length abnormal recording, times of recording
interruptions, etc.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of the Client, select → All Modules → Maintenance → Audit Trail →
Resource Logs .

268
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-16 Search for Resource Recording Status

2. In Type, select Recording Status.
3. Click to show the area list of the current site and then select the cameras whose logs are to
be searched for.
4. Optional: Modify your selection in the selected camera list.
Remove a Camera Click and then click to remove a camera from the list.
Remove All Cameras Click and then click to remove all cameras in the list.
5. In Time, specify the time range of this search.

Note
You can select Custom Time Interval to set a precise start time and end time.
6. Optional: If there are a large number of resources, check Filter Condition and set the filter
conditions.
Retention Duration (Days)
Set a range of the retention duration of the recorded video footage to filter the cameras.

269
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Recording Integrity Rate

Set a range of the recording integrity rate to filter cameras. The recording integrity rate refers
to the percentage obtained from dividing the actual recording duration by the scheduled
recording time.

Note
For details about recording schedule, refer to the HikCentral Professional Web Client User
Manual .
7. Click Search.
Recording status of each camera are listed on the right, including camera name, camera IP
address, area where the camera belong, video storage type, etc.
Start Time
The time when the camera started recording.
End Time
The latest time when the camera was recording.
Retention Duration (Days)
The retention duration (unit: day) of the recorded video footage refers to the duration
between Start Time and End Time.
Total Length
The total time length of video storage.
Abnormal Total Length
The total time length of the video loss within the scheduled time.
Recording Interruption
The total times of recording interruption within the scheduled time.
8. Optional: Check historical recording status.
1) Optional: Click Rule in the top right corner to view the analytical rules for history videos.

270
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-17 Analytical Rules for History Video

2) Click a camera name to open the History Recording Status panel.

271
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-18 History Recording Status

Note
The blue parts on the time bars represent the time periods during which video footage were
recorded. The orange parts on the time bars represent the time periods during which video
loss occurred or the time periods during which no recording schedule existed.
3) Select a time period and a status (exception or all) from the drop-down lists respectively to
filter data.
4) Optional: Select the number of records displayed on each page of the History Recording
Status panel from the drop-down list at the lower-left corner of the panel.
5) Optional: Move the cursor to the time bar to show the 24 hours on it, and click one hour to
view recording status details within the hour.

272
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Figure 25-19 Recording Status Details within One Hour

9. Optional: Click Export and then select a file format (i.e., Excel or CSV) to download the recording
status as a single file to your local PC.

273
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 26 Tools
The Control Client provides multiple tools: Smart Wall, Arming Control, Video Intercom, VSPlayer,
Two-Way Audio, Broadcasting, Alarm Output.
Smart Wall
Play the live view or playback on smart wall. See Manage Smart Wall (Decoding Device) for
details.
Arming Control
Arm or disarm the hot spots via the arming control function. After arming the device, the
current Control Client can receive the triggered alarm information from the hot spot.
Video Intercom
Call the person's related indoor station.
VSPlayer
Run the player and play the video files stored on the local PC.
Two-way Audio
Enable the voice talk between the Control Client and devices, See Perform Two-Way Audio for
details.
Broadcast
Distribute audio content to the added device if the device has an audio output. See Broadcast
to Connected Devices for details.
Alarm Output
Enable alarm output to control the connected external devices by events or alarms, or manually
by client. See Control Alarm Output for details.

26.1 Play Video via VSPlayer

You can run the VSPlayer software and play the video files stored in the local PC via the software.
Perform this task when you need to play video via VSPlayer.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Tool → VSPlayer to run the VSPlayer.
The available video files are listed on the playlist.
2. Double-click the video to play.
3. Optional: Click in the upper-right corner of the VSPlayer page and select User Manual to view
the VSPlayer's user manual for more detailed operations.

274
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

26.2 Perform Two-Way Audio

Two-way audio function enables the voice talk between the Control Client and devices. You can get
and play not only the live video but also the real-time audio from the device in the Control Client,
and the device can also get and play the real-time audio from the Control Client.
Perform this task when you need to perform the two-way audio function.

Note
This function is not supported by the devices added in remote site.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Tool → Two-Way Audio to open the Two-
Way audio window.
2. Select the camera in the area.
3. Select Device Talk or IP Talk.
Device Talk
Start two-way audio with the device (camera or NVR/DVR).

Note
● When the selected camera is directly connected to the system, the audio goes between the
system and the camera.
● When the camera is connected to the system via NVR/DVR, and you select Device Talk, the
two-way audio goes between the system and the NVR/DVR.

IP Talk
Start two-way audio with the camera.

Note
● When the camera is directly connected to the system, IP Talk can not be selected.

● When the camera is connected to the system via NVR/DVR, and you select IP Talk, the two-

way audio goes between the camera and the system.

4. Click Start to start the two-way audio.
5. Optional: Click to adjust the microphone volume, click to adjust the speaker volume, and
click to start recording.

26.3 Control Alarm Output

An alarm output is an output on the device that can be connected to an peripheral device, such as
a light, a barrier, etc. Device can send signal to control the connected external device, e.g., turn on
light, open the barrier gate. The connected peripheral device can be controlled automatically by

275
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

events or alarms, or manually by client, and here we introduce the process for controlling alarm
output remotely by client.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Tool → Alarm Output . Select the alarm
output(s) that you want to enable/disable and click Open/Close them one by one. Or you can click
Open All/Close All to enable/disable all alarm outputs.

276
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Chapter 27 System Settings

The System page contains general settings, basic video settings, alarm sound settings, health
monitoring settings, screen position management, receipt printing settings, home page mode
settings, and calling settings.

27.1 Set General Parameters

You can set the frequently-used parameters, including the network performance, display mode, file
saving path, etc.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → General to enter
the general settings page.
2. Configure the general parameters.
Network Timeout
The default waiting time for the Control Client. The operations will be regarded as failure if no
response within the configured time.
The minimum default waiting time of the interactions between the Control Client and SYS
server is 30s, the minimum time between SYS server and devices is 5s, and the minimum
time between the Control Client and devices is 5s.
Maximum Mode
Select Maximize or Full Screen as the maximum mode. For selecting Maximize, the client will
be maximized and the task bar will display. For selecting Full Screen, the client will be
displayed in full-screen mode.
Time Zone
Device Time
The Control Client will adopt the time of the time zone where the device locates in.
Client Time
The Control Client (except the Video Analysis modules) will adopt the time of the time
zone where the PC running the Control Client locates in.
Time Difference
If enabled, the time zone information will be displayed on the time. For example, 2018-12-12
12:12:12 +8:00.
Auto-Login
The system will remember the user name and password and log in to the Control Client
automatically when you start the PC running the Control Client.
After Starting Client, Open

277
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Automatically open the home page, last interface, or view after launching the client.
Home Page
Automatically display the control panel of the client after launching the client.
Last Interface
Restore the interface last opened when you run the client next time.
Specified View
Automatically display the specified view you set after launching the client.

Note
● You can click Show Screen No. to show the screen number of current PC running the
Control Client. And you can select the specified view(s) according to your requirement.
For details about setting view, refer to Manage View .
● Supports displaying the specified view on the auxiliary screen or on the smart wall
(graphic card).
● For displaying on the smart wall (graphic card), you should set displaying contents on
smart wall (graphic card) in smart wall mode. (See Display Contents on Smart Wall in
Smart Wall Mode for details)
● For displaying on the smart wall (graphic card), when you select the specified view, the
view should be displayed on the smart wall (graphic card) at the same time, and then
the view will be displayed on the smart (graphic card) after launching the client next
time, otherwise the view will be displayed on the auxiliary screen after launching the
client next time.

Large-Scale Display Mode

To improve the resource operation efficiency, if there is one resource type with more than
512 resources, you can switch on Large-Scale Display Mode. In this mode, the resources in
the system will not be loaded when launching the Control Client for time saving reason, so it
will cost time when searching a device in the resource list.

Note
● For the Central System in free version or with RSM (Remote Site Management) module,
you cannot switch on the Large-Scale Display Mode. By default, the Central System in free
version is in large-scale display mode, and the Central System with RSM module is in small-
scale display mode.
● Areas without resources will be displayed and selecting all resources at a time is not
supported.
● By default, the large-scale display mode is disabled.

File Saving Path

Set the saving paths for the files you downloaded to your computer (manual recorded or
downloaded video files, captured pictures, and package files).
3. Click Save.

278
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

27.2 Set Video Parameters

You can set network parameters, picture file format, image parameters, people counting display
parameters, icons on live view and playback toolbar, and shortcuts for keyboard and joystick.

27.2.1 Set Network Parameters

You can set global stream type for live view and bandwidth upper limit for downloading videos.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Video .
2. Select Network tab to enter network settings page.
3. Configure network parameters.
Global Stream
Select the default stream type for live view for global usage. If the network is in good
condition, select main stream or sub-stream. If the network is in poor condition, select
smooth stream.
If the device doesn't support smooth stream, it will use sub-stream. If the device doesn't
support sub-stream, it will use main stream.
If you don't want to adopt global stream settings for certain encoding device, you can go to
Maintenance → Health Monitoring → Encoding Device and switch its stream type (refer to
Resource Status for details). The Control Client will get this stream type to start live view of
the encoding device's resources.
Window Divisions for Main Stream
When the number of divided windows is smaller than the number you set, the live video will
be displayed by main stream.

Note
This parameter is invalid for playback.
Bandwidth
Set the bandwidth upper limit for downloading video from pStor server, which is used as a
Recording Server for storing video files and pictures.

Note
For details about adding pStor server as the Recording Server, see the User Manual of
HikCentral Professional Web Client.
4. Click Save.

279
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

27.2.2 Set File Parameters

You can set the file format of pictures captured during live view and playback.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Video → File to
enter the file settings page.
Select the file format for pictures captured during live view or playback and click Save.

27.2.3 Set Display Parameters

You can set display parameters, including view scale, video caching, etc.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Video .
2. Select Display tab to enter the display settings page.
3. Configure the display parameters.
View Scale
The image display mode in each display window in live view or playback.
Window Scale
The scale of the video in live view or playback. You can set it set as 4:3 or 16:9.
Display Window No.
Display the No. of each window in Monitoring module.
Display VCA Rule
When On, displays the VCA rule in the live view and playback.
Video Caching
Larger frame caching will result in better video performance. It is determined based on
network performance, computer performance, and bit rate.
Continuous Decoding
Decode continuously when switching window division between one window and multiple
windows.
Enable Highlight
Enable this function to mark the detected objects with green rectangles in live view and
playback.
Overlay Transaction Information
When On, displays the transaction information on the live view and playback image.

Note
It is not supported when GPU hardware decoding is enabled.

280
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

Overlay Temperature Information

When On, displays the temperature information on the live view and playback image.
GPU Hardware Decoding
When On, enables the GPU decoding for live view and playback to save CPU resources. When
the performance of the graphic card is good, you can enable GPU decoding to lower the
computer's performance consumption. It is not recommended to enable this function if the
graphic card's performance is poor.

Note
● Your computer must support GPU decoding.
● After enabling GPU decoding, restart live view and playback for GPU decoding to take
effect.
● If the client shows a blurred screen after enabling GPU decoding, disable GPU decoding.
● If GPU decoding is enabled, overlaying transaction information on live view and playback
image is not supported.

Real-Time People Counting Display Configuration

Set the text overlaid on the real-time people counting window when the status is Allowed to
Enter or Not Allowed to Enter. You can switch on Bilingual to enable bilingual text display and
enter the second language text.
4. Click Save.

27.2.4 Set Keyboard and Joystick Parameters

You can set shortcuts for the following hardware for quick and convenient access to the commonly
used actions: PC keyboard, USB joystick, and USB keyboard.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Video .
2. Select Shortcut tab to enter the keyboard and joystick settings page.
3. Select a function, and select the compound key number from the drop-down list to set it as the
shortcut for the function.
Example
You can set Backspace key on the PC keyboard as the shortcut to stop live view. After that, you
can press Backspace on the PC keyboard connected to the computer that runs the Control Client
to quickly stop live view.
4. Click Save.

281
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

27.3 Set Alarm Sound

When an alarm, such as a motion detection alarm, video exception alarm, etc., is triggered, you
can set the client to give an audible warning, and you can configure the sound of the audible
warning for different priority levels.
Steps
1. In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Alarm Settings to
enter the alarm sound settings page.
2. Select the alarm sound type.
- If you select Voice Engine, the computer will play the voice text configured on the Web Client
when the alarm is triggered.

Note
The Voice Engine function should be supported by the operating system of your computer.
- If you select Local Audio Files, perform the following steps.
3. Click and select audio files from the local computer for different alarm levels.

Note
● For configuring the priority level, refer to the User Manual of HikCentral Professional Web

Client.
● The format of the audio file can only be in WAV format.

4. Click to test the audio file.

5. Click Save.

27.4 Set Health Monitoring Parameters

You can configure interval for automatically refreshing the resource status.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Health Monitoring
to enter the health monitoring settings page.
Select the auto-refresh interval as 30s, 1min, 3min, 5min, 10min, and 15min from the drop-down
list.
Click Save.

27.5 Set Screen Position

For users adopting expanded screen during live view/playback or smart wall (graphic card), you
need to set the screen position according to their real layout in order to switch screen by a
network keyboard conveniently.

282
 HikCentral Professional Control Client User Manual

In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Screen Position to
display the current screen position on the right panel. You can hover the cursor on a screen to
make sure the corresponding screens of the displayed windows. Drag a window to another window
to change the relative position of the windows so that the controlling direction by joystick will also
change.

27.6 Enable Printing Parking Free Receipts

You can enable printing parking receipts when the final charge is 0 for parking .
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Vehicle to enter the
receipt printing settings page.
Switch on the Print Receipt.
In Print Receipt for Parking Free of Charge field, you can select Print or Not Print according to the
actual need.
Click Save.

27.7 Switch Home Page Mode

The Home page can be displayed in Menu Mode and Visualization Mode. For Visualization Mode,
the frequently used or important modules are displayed in a visual way via a control panel, and you
can customize and arrange the modules on the control panel as you desired. For Menu Mode, all
modules are displayed and arranged in a menu format on the Home page.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Home Page Mode
to enter the mode settings page.
Click a mode and click Save to switch the mode of Home page.
The settings will take effect after the Control Client is relaunched.

27.8 Set Ringtone for Calling

You can set ringtone for callings from access control devices, video intercom devices, and barrier
gates in the parking lot.
In the top left corner of Control Client, select → Management → System → Calling to enter the
ringtone settings page.
Switch on the Ringtone for Calling.
You can click to select an audio file from local PC, and click to start playing the ringtone.
Click Save.

283
UD24077B